The present invention relates to pyrimidine derivatives of formula (I) and their use in the treatment of cancer by modulating an immune response comprising a reactivation of the immune system in the tumor. The present invention further relates to novel pyrimidine derivatives of formula (III) and their use as pharmaceuticals. The invention also concerns related aspects including processes for the preparation of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more compounds of formula (I) / formula (III), and their use as modulators of the PGE2 receptors EP2 (alias PTGER2, alias PGE2 Receptor EP2 Subtype) and/or EP4 (alias PTGER4, alias EP4R, alias PGE2 Receptor EP4 Subtype). The compounds of formula (I) / formula (III) may especially be used as single agents or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents and/or chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy and/or immunotherapy in the prevention/prophylaxis or treatment of cancers; in particular the prevention/prophylaxis or treatment of melanoma; lung cancer; bladder cancer; renal carcinomas; gastro-intestinal cancers; endometrial cancer; ovarian cancer; cervical cancer; and neuroblastoma.

Prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) is a bioactive lipid that can elicit a wide range of biological effects associated with inflammation and cancer. PGE2 belongs to the prostanoid family of lipids. Cyclooxygenase (COX) is the rate-limiting enzyme in the synthesis of biological mediators termed prostanoids, consisting of prostaglandin PGD2, PGE2, PGF2a, prostacyclin PGI2, and thromboxane TXA2. Prostanoids function via activation of seven transmembrane G-protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs), in particular EP1 , EP2, EP3, and EP4 are receptors for PGE2. Activation of both EP2 and EP4 by PGE2 stimulates adenylate cyclase, resulting in elevation of cytoplasmic cAMP levels to initiate multiple downstream events via its prototypical effector Protein kinase A. In addition, PGE2 is also able to signal via PI3K/AKT and Ras-MAPK/ERK signalling

Cancers figure among the leading causes of death worldwide. Tumors are comprised of abnormally proliferating malignant cancer cells but also of a functionally supportive microenvironment. This tumor microenvironment is comprised of a complex array of cells, extracellular matrix components, and signaling molecules and is established by the altered communication between stromal and tumor cells. As tumors expand in size, they elicit the production of diverse factors that can help the tumor to grow such as angiogenic factors (promoting ingrowth of blood vessels) or that can help to evade the attack of the host immune response. PGE2 is such an immuno-modulatory factor produced in tumors.

It is well established that COX2, mainly via PGE2, promotes overall growth of tumors and is upregulated and correlates with clinical outcome in a high percentage of common cancers, especially colorectal, gastric, esophageal, pancreatic, breast and ovarian cancer. High COX-2 and PGE2 expression levels are associated with neoplastic transformation, cell growth, angiogenesis, invasiveness, metastasis and immune evasion.

The finding that COX2 is over-expressed and plays an important role in carcinogenesis in gastrointestinal (Gl) cancers including among others esophagus, gastric and colorectal cancers has led to the fact that COX-inhibitors (Coxibs), including Celecoxib, and other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID), including aspirin, are among the most studied cancer chemopreventive agents in development today (for review see for example Wang R et al, Curr Pharm Des. 2013;19(1 ):1 15-25; Garcia Rodriguez LA et al, Recent Results Cancer Res. 2013;191 :67- 93, Sahin IH et al, Cancer Lett. 2014 Apr 10;345(2):249-57; Drew DA et al, Nat Rev Cancer 2016, 16:173; Brotons C et al, Am J Cardiovasc Drugs. 2015 Apr; 15(2):1 13)

In addition to COX2 and PGE2, also EP receptors, especially EP2 and EP4, are aberrantly over-expressed in multiple types of cancers, especially in gastro-intestinal (Gl) cancers and pancreatic cancer. Furthermore, the over- expression of PGE2 and/or EP2 and/or EP4 correlates with diseases progression in some cancer types such as oesophageal squamous cell carcinoma (Kuo KT et al, Ann Surg One 2009; 16(2), 352-60); squamous cell carcinoma of the lung (Alaa M et al, Int J Oncol 2009, 34(3); 805-12); prostate cancer (Miyata Y et al, Urology 2013, 81 (1 ): 136-42); Badawi AF and Badr MZ Int J Cancer. 2003, 103(1 ):84-90); head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (Gallo O et al, Hum Pathol. 2002, 33(7)708-14).

In accordance to studies performed with Coxibs, in mice, knockout of either COX1 , COX2, microsomal prostaglandin E synthase 1 (mPTGESI ), EP2 or EP4 resulted in reduced tumor incidence and progression in different tumor models. Conversely, overexpression of COX2 or mPTGESI in transgenic mice resulted in increased tumor incidence and tumor burden (for review see Nakanishi M. and Rosenberg D.W., Seminars in Immunopathology 2013, 35: 123-137; Fischer SM et al Cancer Prev Res (Phila) 201 1 Nov;4(1 1 ):1728-35; Fulton AM et al Cancer Res 2006; 66(20); 9794-97).

Several pharmacological studies to inhibit tumor growth and progression using EP receptor antagonists or COX2 inhibitors in different tumor models have been conducted in mice. Among others, EP antagonists and/or COX2 inhibitors reduced tumor growth and metastasis in experimental models of colorectal cancer (e.g Yang L et al Cancer Res 2006, 66(19), 9665-9672; Pozzi A.et al JBC 279(28); 29797-29804), lung carcinomas (Sharma S et al Cancer Res 2005 65(12), 521 1-5220), gastro-intestinal cancer (Oshima H et al Gastroenterology 201 1 , 140(2); 596-607; Fu SL et al world J Gastroenterol 2004, 10(13); 1971-1974), breast cancer (Kundu N et al, Breast Cancer Res Treat 1 17, 2009; 235-242; Ma X et al, Oncolmmunology 2013; Xin X et al Lab Investigation 2012, 1-14; Markosyan N et al; Breast Cancer Res 2013, 15:R75), prostate cancer (Xu S et al, Cell Biochem Biophys 2014, Terada et al Cancer Res 70(4) 2010; 1606-1615), pancreatic cancer (Al-Wadei HA et al, PLOS One 2012, 7(8):e43376; Funahashi H et al, Cancer Res 2007, 67(15):7068-71 ). COX2 inhibitors were approved for the treatment of familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP) which is an inherited pre-disposition syndrome for colorectal cancer, but later retracted due to cardiovascular side effects.

Mechanistically, PGE2 signalling is mainly involved in the crosstalk between tumor and stromal cells, thereby creating a microenvironment which is favourable for the tumor to grow. In particular, PGE2 signalling via EP2 and EP4 can for example (i) suppress the cytotoxicity and cytokine production of natural killer cells, (ii) skew the polarization of tumor-associated macrophages towards tumor-promoting M2 macrophages (see for example Nakanishi Y et al Carcinogenesis 2011 , 32:1333-39), (iii) regulate the activation, expansion and effector function of both Tregs (regulatory T cells) and MDSC (myeloid derived suppressor cells), which are potent immunosuppressive cells that accumulate in tumors both in patients and in experimental animal models (see for example Sharma S et al, Cancer Res 2005, 5(12):521 1-20; Sinha P et al Cancer Res 2007, 67(9), 4507-4513; Obermajer N et al, Blood 201 1 , 1 18(20):5498-5505); (iv) down-regulate IFN-γ, TNF-a IL-12 and IL-2 expression in immune cells such as natural killer cells, T-cells, dendritic cells and macrophages, impairing the ability of these immune cells to induce tumor cell apoptosis and restrain tumorigenesis (see for example Bao YS et al, Int Immunopharmacol. 201 1 ;1 1 (10):1599-605; Kim JG and Hahn YS, Immunol Invest. 2000;29(3):257-69; Demeuere CE et al, Eur J Immunol. 1997;27(12):3526-31 ; Mitsuhashi M et al, J Leukoc Biol. 2004;76(2):322-32; Pockaj BA et al , Ann Surg Oncol. 2004;11 (3):328-39; (v) suppress activation, IL-2 responsivness, expansion and cytotoxicity of T-cells thereby contributing to local immunsuppresion (see for example Specht C et al, Int J Cancer 200191 :705-712); (vi) inhibit maturation of dendritic cells, their ability to present antigens and to produce IL-12, resulting in abortive activation of cytotoxic T-cells (see for example Ahmadi M et al, Cancer Res 2008, 68(18):7250-9; Stolina M et al, J Immunol 2000, 164:361 -70); (vii) regulate tumor angiogenesis (formation of new blood vessels for nutrient and oxygen supply) by enhancing endothelial cell motility and survival as well as by increasing the expression of VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor) (see for example Zhang Y and Daaka Y, Blood 2011 ;1 18( 9):5355-64; Jain S et al, Cancer Res. 2008; 68(19):7750-9; Wang and Klein, Molecular Carcinogenesis 2007, 46:912-923; (viii) enhance tumor cell survival (via PI3K/AKT and MAPK signalling). For review see for example Kalinski P, J Immunol 2012, 188(1 ), 21-28; Obermajer N et al, Oncoimmunology 1 (5), 762-4; Greenhough A et al, carcinogenesis 2009, 30(3), 377-86; Wang D and Dubois RN, Gut 2006, 55, 1 15-122; Harris SG e al Trends Immunol 2002, 22, 144-150).

Coxibs have been shown to render tumor cells more sensitive to radiation and chemotherapy and several clinical trials have been performed or are ongoing combining Coxibs with radio- and/or chemotherapy (for review see e.g Ghosh N et al, Pharmacol Rep. 2010 Mar-Apr;62(2):233-44; Davis TW et al, Am J Clin Oncol. 2003, 26(4):S58-61 ; see also Higgins JP et al, Cancer Biol Ther 2009, 8:1440-49).

Furthermore, there is some evidence of additive effects and/or synergy between Coxibs and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) inhibitors (see for example Zhang X et al, Clin Cancer Res. 2005, 11 (17):6261 -9; Yamaguchi NH et al, J Gastrointest Oncol. 2014, 5(1 ):57-66); and with aromatase inhibitors (see for example Generali D et al, Br J Cancer. 2014;11 1 (1 ):46-54; Lustberg MB et all, Clin Breast Cancer. 2011 Aug;1 1 (4):221-7; Falandry C et al, Breast Cancer Res Treat. 2009 Aug;116(3):501-8); Chow LW et al, J Steroid Biochem Mol Biol. 2008, 1 11 (1-2):13-7).

Moreover, additive/synergistic effects have been seen in different mouse tumor models when Aspirin (a COX1/2 inhibitor) was combined with and anti-VEGF antibody (Motz GT et al; Nat Med 201420(6):607) and this combination is currently under investigation in clinical trials (NCT02659384).

Recently, it has been shown that, if combined, different immunotherapeutic approaches can have enhanced antitumor efficacy. Due to the immune-modulatory properties of PGE2, Coxibs have thus also been used in combination with different immunotherapeutic approaches. In particular, additive or even synergistic effects could be observed when Coxibs were combined with dendritic cell vaccination in a rat glioma model and in a mouse mesothelioma or melanoma model (Zhang H et al, Oncol Res. 2013;20(10):447-55; Veltman JD et al, BMC Cancer. 2010;10:464; Toomey D et all, Vaccine. 2008 Jun 25;26(27-28):3540-9); with granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF) in mouse brain tumors (Eberstal S et al, Int J Cancer. 2014 Jun 1 ;134(1 1 ):2748-53); with interferon gamma (IFN-γ) in brain tumors (Eberstal S et al, Cancer Immunol Immunother. 2012, 61 (8):1 191-9); with dendritic cell vaccination or with GM-CSF in a mouse breast cancer model (Hahn T et al, Int J Cancer. 2006, 118(9):2220- 31 ); and with adenoviral interferon beta (IFN-β) therapy in a mouse mesothelioma model (DeLong P et al, Cancer Res. 2003 Nov 15;63(22):7845-52). Along these lines, additive or even synergistic effects of Coxibs and/or EP2 and/or EP4 antagonists can also be envisaged with agents acting on cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4 (CTLA-4) such as anti-CTLA-4 antibodies; anti-TIM-3 antibodies, anti-Lag-3 antibodies; anti-TIGIT antibodies; or, in particular, with agents acting on programmed cell death protein 1 (PD1 ), such as anti-PD1 or anti-PDL1 (programmed cell death ligand 1 ) antibodies (Yongkui Li et al Oncoimmunology 2016, 5(2):e1074374; Zelenay S et al, Cell 2015, 162; 1-14; WO2013/090552, which indicates a synergistic effect of dual EP2 and EP4 blockade in combination with agents acting on PD1J.

Adenosine is another endogenous factor with anti-inflammatory properties that is generated through the activity of ectonucleotidases, CD39 and CD73, expressed on various cell types, including regulatory T cells (Treg) (Mandapathil M et al, J Biol Chem. 2010; 285(10):7176-86). Immune cells also respond to Adenosine, because they bear receptors for ADO, which are mainly of the A2a/A2b type (Hoskin DW, et al, Int J Oncol 2008, 32:527- 535). Signaling via Adenosine receptors and EP2/EP4 receptors converges on the cytoplasmic adenylyl cyclase, leading to up-regulation of cAMP. It was shown that Adenosine and PGE2 cooperate in the suppression of immune responses mediated by regulatory T cells (Mandapathil M et al, J Biol Chem. 2010; 285(36):27571-80; Caiazzo E et al, Biochem Pharmacol. 2016; 1 12:72-81 ).

Thus, the present EP2 and/or EP4 antagonists may be useful, alone, or in combination with with one or more therapeutic agents and/or chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy and/or immunotherapy; in particular in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, EGFR inhibitors, aromatase inhibitors, anti-angiogenic drugs, adenosine inhibitors, immunotherapy such as especially PD1 and/or PDL1 blockade, or other targeted therapies; for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of cancers, notably for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of skin cancer including melanoma including metastatic melanoma; lung cancer including non-small cell lung cancer; bladder cancer including urinary bladder cancer, urothelial cell carcinoma; renal carcinomas including renal cell carcinoma, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, metastatic renal clear cell carcinoma; gastro-intestinal cancers including colorectal cancer, metastatic colorectal cancer, familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP), oesophageal cancer, gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, and pancreatic cancer such as pancreatic adenocarcinoma or pancreatic ductal carcinoma; endometrial cancer; ovarian cancer; cervical cancer; neuroblastoma; prostate cancer including castrate-resistant prostate cancer; brain tumors including brain metastases, malignant gliomas, glioblastoma multiforme, medulloblastoma, meningiomas; breast cancer including triple negative breast carcinoma; oral tumors; nasopharyngeal tumors; thoracic cancer; head and neck cancer; leukemias including acute myeloid leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia; carcinomas; adenocarcinomas; thyroid carcinoma including papillary thyroid carcinoma; choriocarcinoma; Ewing's sarcoma; osteosarcoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; lymphoma including Burkitt's lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, MALT lymphoma; multiple myelomas; and virally induced tumors.

In addition, selective or dual EP2 and/or EP4 antagonists may be useful in several other diseases or disorders responding for example to treatment with COX2 inhibitors, with the advantage that EP2 and/or EP4 antagonists should not possess the potential cardiovascular side effects seen with C0X2 inhibitors, which are mainly due to interference with PGI2 and TXA2 synthesis (see for example Boyd MJ et al, bioorganic and medicinal chemistry letters 21 , 484, 201 1 ). For example, blockade of prostaglandin production by COX inhibitors is the treatment of choice for pain, including especially inflammatory pain and painful menstruation. Thus EP2 and/or EP4 and/or dual EP2/EP4 antagonists may be useful for the treatment of pain, especially inflammatory pain. Evidence from EP2 knockout mice suggest that EP2 antagonists can be used for the treatment of inflammatory hyperalgesia (Reinold H et al, J Clin Invest 2005, 1 15(3):673-9). In addition, EP4 antagonists have beneficial effect in vivo in inflammatory pain models (eg Murase A, Eur J Pharmacol 2008; Clark P, J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2008; Maubach KA Br J Pharmacol. 2009; Colucci J Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2010, Boyd MJ et al, Bioorg Med Chem Lett 201 1 , Chn Q et al Br J Phramacol 2010, Nakao K et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2007 Aug;322(2):686-94). Administration of an EP2 in combination with an EP4 antagonist showed significant, but partial inhibition of joint inflammation in mouse collagen-induced arthritis model (Honda T et al J Exp Med 2006, 203(2):325-35).

EP2 and/or dual EP2/EP4 antagonists may be of use to decrease female fertility, i.e. they have been shown to prevent pregnancy if used as contraceptive in macaques (Peluffo MC et al Hum Reprod 2014). EP2 knockout mice have decreased fertility, smaller litter sizes and reduced cumulus expansion (Matsumoto et al, Biology of reproduction 2001 , 64; 1557-65; Hitzaki et al, PNAS 1999, 96(18), 10501 -10506; Tilley SL J Clin Inves 1999, 103(1 1 ):1539-45; Kennedy CR et al, Nat Med 1999 5(2):217-20).

There is also rationale that EP2 and/ or EP4 antagonists may be of use to prevent or treat endometriosis: for example EP2, EP3 and EP4 and COX2 are overexpressed in endometriosis cell lines and tissues (e.g. Santulli P et al J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014, 99(3):881-90); antagonist treatment was shown to inhibit the adhesion of endometrial cells in vitro (Lee J et al Biol Reprod 2013, 88(3):77; Lee J et al Fertil Steril 201 , 93(8):2498-506); COX2 inhibitors have been shown to reduce endometric lesions in mice via EP2 (Chuang PC et al, Am J Pathol 2010, 176(2):850-60); and antagonist treatment has been shown to induce apoptosis of endometric cells in vitro (Banu SK et al, MOI endocrinol 2009, 23(8) 1291 -305).

Dual EP2/EP4 antagonists, or the combination of a selective EP2 antagonists with a selective EP4 antagonist, may be of potential use for autoimmune disorders; e.g. they have been shown to be effective in mouse model for multiple sclerosis (MS) (Esaki Yet al PNAS 2010, 107(27):12233-8; Schiffmann S et al, Biochem Pharmacol. 2014, 87(4): 625-35; see also Kofler DM et al J Clin Invest 2014, 124(6):2513-22). Activation of EP2 / EP 4 signalling in cells in vitro (Kojima F et al Prostaglandins Other Lipid Mediat 2009, 89:26-33) linked dual or selective EP2 and/or EP4 antagonists to the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Also, elevated levels of PGE(2) have been reported in synovial fluid and cartilage from patients with osteoarthritis (OA) and it has been shown that PGE2 stimulates matrix degradation in osteoarthitis chondrocytes via the EP4 receptor (Attur M et al, J Immunol. 2008;181 (7):5082-8).

EP4 overexpression is associated with enhanced inflammatory reaction in atherosclerotic plaques of patients (Cipollone F et al, Artherioscler Thromb Vase Biol 2005, 25(9); 1925-31 ), thus the use of EP4 and/or dual EP2/EP4 antagonists may be indicated for plaque stabilization and prevention / prophylaxis of acute ischemic syndromes. In addition, EP4 deficiency suppresses early atherosclerosis, by compromising macrophage survival (Babaev VR et al, Cell Metab. 2008 Dec;8(6):492-501 )

EP2 and/or dual EP2/EP4 antagonists may also be useful in the treatment of pneumonia: intrapulmonary administration of apoptotic cells demonstrated that PGE(2) via EP2 accounts for subsequent impairment of lung recruitment of leukocytes and clearance of Streptococcus pneumoniae, as well as enhanced generation of IL-10 in vivo (Medeiros Al et al J Exp Med 2009 206(1 ):61 -8).

EP2 and/or dual EP2/EP4 antagonists may in addition be useful for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases (for review see Cimino PJ et al, Curr Med Chem. 2008;15(19):1863-9). EP2 receptor accelerates progression of inflammation in a mouse model of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) (Liang X et al, Ann Neurol 2008, 64(3):304- 14); COX2 inhibitors have been shown to be neuroprotective in rodent models of stroke, Parkinson disease and ALS (for review see Liang X et al J Mol Neurosci 2007, 33(1 ):94-9), decreased neurotoxicity was observed in EP2 knockout mice treated with parkinsonian toxican (Jin J et al, J Neuroinflammation 2007, 4:2), PGE2 via EP2 aggravates neurodegeneration in cultured rat cells (Takadera T et al, Life Sci 2006, 78(16): 1878-83); Reduced amyloid burden was observed in Alzheimer's disease mouse model if crossed with EP2 knockout mice (Liang X et al J Neurosci 2005, 25(44):10180-7; Keene CD etal, Am J Pathol. 2010, 177(1 ):346-54). EP2 null mice are protected from CD14-dependent innate immunity mediated neuronal damage in neurodegenerative disease (Shie FS et al Glia 2005, 52(1 ):70-7); PGE2 via EP2 increases amyloid precursor protein (APP) expression in cultured rat microglial cells (Pooler AM et al Neurosci. Lett. 2004, 362(2): 127-30). EP2 antagonist limits oxidative damage from activation of innate immunity (intracranial injection of LPS) in the brain and could be used for Alzheimer or HIV associated dementia (Montine TJ et al, J Neurochem 2002, 83(2):463-70). In an Alzheimer's disease mouse model cognitive function could be improved by genetic and pharmacological inhibition of EP4 (Hoshino T et al, J Neurochem 2012, 120(5):795-805).

EP2 and/or dual EP2/EP4 antagonists may also be useful to treat autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD): PGE2 via EP2 induces cystogenesis of human renal epithelial cells; and EP2 was found to be overexpressed in patient samples (Elberg G et al, Am J Physiol Renal Physiol 2007, 293(5):F1622-32).

EP4 and/or dual EP2/EP4 antagonists may also be useful to treat osteoporosis: PGE2 stimulates bone resorption mainly via EP4 and partially via EP2 (Suzawa T et all, Endocrinology. 2000 Apr; 141 (4): 1554-9), EP4 knockout mice show impaired bone resorption (Miyaura C et al, J Biol Chem 2000, 275(26): 19819-23) and an EP4 antagonists showed partial inhibition of PGE(2)-stimulated osteoclastogenesis and osteoclastic bone resorption (Tomita M et al, Bone. 2002 Jan;30(1 ):159-63). WO2008/152093 discloses selective EP2 receptor modulators which comprise an indole ring linked to the rest of the molecule in position 3, and a pyrimidine moiety which however is not substituted with a directly linked aromatic substituent. WO2006/044732 discloses pyrimidine compounds which are modulators of PGD2 claimed to be useful e.g. in the treatment of allergic diseases; however for example the exemplified compound CAS 1001913-77-4 has been tested to be inactive on both the EP2 and the EP4 receptor in the in vitro assay set out in the experimental part below. WO2008/006583 discloses pyrimidin derivatives which are ALK-5 inhibitors. WO2006/044732 and WO2008/039882 disclose certain pyrimidine derivatives as protaglandin D2 receptor antagonists. Pyrimidin-2-yl derivatives are disclosed in WO2013/020945, WO2012/127032, WO201 1/144742, WO201 1/022348, WO2009/105220, Bioorg. Med. Chem 2011 , 21 (13) 4108-41 14 and Bioorg. Med. Chem 201 1 , 21 (1 ) 66-75. Further compounds which are claimed to be active as anti-cancer agents are disclosed in WO2006/128129, WO2008/008059 and Bioorg. Med. Chem 2013, 21 (2), 540-546. WO2012/149528 discloses 2-methyl-pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of the inducible form of Phosphofructose-Kinase, thought to useful in the treatment of cancer by decreasing tumor growth by reducing the extremely high rate of glycolysis in cancer cells. WO2018/013840, WO2013/163190 WO2015/058067, and WO2015/058031 disclose certain DNA-PK inhibitors interacting with DNA repair processes. The disclosed compounds are thought to be useful to sensitize cancer cells by directly modulating cancer cell proliferation, and to enhance the efficacy of both cancer chemotherapy and radiotherapy.

The present invention provides novel pyrimidine derivatives of formulae (I), (II), or (lll)which are modulators of the prostaglandin 2 receptors EP2 and/or EP4. Certain compounds of the present invention are dual antagonists of both the EP2 and the EP4 receptor. The present compounds may, thus, be useful for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of diseases which respond to the blockage of the EP2 receptors and/or the EP4 receptors such as especially cancers, wherein a particular aspect is the treatment of cancer by modulating an immune response comprising a reactivation of the immune system in the tumor; as well as pain including especially inflammatory pain and painful menstruation; endometriosis; acute ischemic syndromes in atherosclerotic patients; pneumonia; neurodegenerative diseases including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, stroke; Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease and H IV associated dementia; autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease; and to control female fertility.

1 ) A first aspect of the invention relates to compounds of the formula (I)

Formula (I)

for use in the treatment of a cancer, wherein said cancer is treated by modulating an immune response comprising a reactivation of the immune system in the tumor; wherein said cancer is notably a cancer selected from melanoma including metastatic melanoma; lung cancer including non-small cell lung cancer; bladder cancer including urinary bladder cancer, urothelial cell carcinoma; renal carcinomas including renal cell carcinoma, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, metastatic renal clear cell carcinoma; gastro-intestinal cancers including colorectal cancer, metastatic colorectal cancer, familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP), oesophageal cancer, gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, and pancreatic cancer such as pancreatic adenocarcinoma or pancreatic ductal carcinoma; endometrial cancer; ovarian cancer; cervical cancer; neuroblastoma; prostate cancer including castrate- resistant prostate cancer; brain tumors including brain metastases, malignant gliomas, glioblastoma multiforme, medulloblastoma, meningiomas; breast cancer including triple negative breast carcinoma; oral tumors; nasopharyngeal tumors; thoracic cancer; head and neck cancer; leukemias including acute myeloid leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia; carcinomas; adenocarcinomas; thyroid carcinoma including papillary thyroid carcinoma; choriocarcinoma; Ewing's sarcoma; osteosarcoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; lymphoma including Burkitt's lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, MALT lymphoma; multiple myelomas; and virally induced tumors (especially such cancer is selected from melanoma; lung cancer; bladder cancer; renal carcinomas; gastrointestinal cancers; endometrial cancer; ovarian cancer; cervical cancer; and neuroblastoma);

wherein said compound is optionally used in combination with one or more chemotherapy agents and / or radiotherapy and / or targeted therapy;

wherein in compounds of the formula (I)

ring (A) in the fragment:

(

represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring or a non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring, which ring (A) is fused to the phenyl group, wherein independently said ring (A) optionally contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (notably such fused group is benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[b]thiophenyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1 ,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, indanyl, 5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-naphthalenyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolinyl);

wherein said fragment is optionally substituted with (R ¹ ) _n ; wherein (R ¹ ) _n represents one, two, three, or four optional substituents (i.e. said fragment is unsubstituted, or substituted with one, two, three, or four R ¹ ), wherein said substituents R ¹ are independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), (C2-3)alkenyl (especially vinyl), (C2-3)alkynyl (especially ethynyl), (Ci-3)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy), halogen (especially fluoro, or chloro), -S-(Ci_3)alkyl (especially methylsulfanyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy), cyano, oxo, or amino;

R ³ represents hydrogen, methyl or trifluoromethyl (especially hydrogen);

R ^4a and R ^4b independently represent hydrogen, methyl, or R ^4a and R ^4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached represent a cycloprop-1 , 1 -diyl group;

R ^5a and R ^5b independently represent hydrogen, methyl, or R ^5a and R ^5b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached represent a cycloprop-1 , 1 -diyl group;

Ar ¹ represents

(i) phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (notably 5-membered heteroaryl, especially thiophenyl or thiazolyl); wherein said phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl independently is mono-, di- or tri-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, 1 -methyl-propan-1 -yl, tert.- butyl, 3-methyl-butyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl, wherein said (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy (especially trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxy-ethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro, chloro, bromo);

> cyano;

(C3-6)cycloalkyl, wherein said (C3-6)cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or mono-substituted with amino (especially cyclopropyl, 1-amino-cyclopropyl);

> (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom, wherein said (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom is unsubstituted or mono-substituted with hydroxy (especially 3-hydroxy-oxetan-3-yl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy;

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

^■ X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci. ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-,-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -,-CH ₂ -CH ₂ - ), -0-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -0-CH ₂ -*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), - NH-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*), -S-CH ₂ -*, -CF ₂ -, -CH=CH-, - CH≡CH-, -NH-CO-*, -CO-, or (C3-s)cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

^■ R ⁰¹ represents

> -OH;

> -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy); > -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci-i)alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ . 6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C3-6)cycloalkyl-(Ci-3)alkylene wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- 3)fluoroalkyl, or -NH2;

> -O-CH2-CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents hydroxy, or (Ci )alkoxy, or -N[(Ci- ₄ )alkyl] ₂ ;

> -O-CH2-O-CO-R ⁰⁵ , wherein R ⁰⁵ repesents (Ci- ₄ )alkyl or (Ci )alkoxy;

> -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N[(Ci )alkyl] ₂ (especially -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ ); or

> (5-methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyloxy-;

[wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-O-CH3, -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -0-CH ₂ -COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -

COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ - C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ - COOH, -CO-0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , - CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-propyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol -yl)-methyl-0-CO-, -CH ₂ -COOH, - CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CH ₂ -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH=CH-COOH, -CH≡CH-CO-0-

C ₂ H ₅ , -CF ₂ -COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, -CO-COOH, 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1 -yl];

> -CO-CH ₂ -OH;

N '° ^H

_> ' A NH ₂ .

> 2-hydroxy-3,4-dioxo-cyclobut-1-enyl;

> hydroxy-(Ci )alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxy-ethyl);

> dihydroxy-(C ₂ -4)alkyl (especially 1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl);

> hydroxy-(C ₂ )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy-(C ₂ -4)alkoxy (especially 2-methoxy-ethoxy);

> -(CH ₂ )rCO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein r represents the integer 0 or 1 ; and wherein R ^N3 and R ⁴ independently represent hydrogen, hydroxy-(C ₂ )alkyl, (Ci- ₃ )alkoxy-(C ₂ -4)alkyl, or hydroxy (wherein preferably at least one of R ³ and R ⁴ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -CO-NR ³ R ⁴ are -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH(CH ₃ ), -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ ), -CH ₂ -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH-C ₂ H ₄ - OH, -CO-NH-C ₂ H ₄ -OCH ₃ , or-CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-isopropyl, or-CO-NH-OH);

> -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 , wherein X ² represents -(CH ₂ ) _m -, wherein m represents the integer 0 or 1; or X ² represents -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ - ^* ,wherein the asterisk indicates the bond that is linked to the -NR ^N1 R ^N2 group; and wherein

^■ R ^N1 and R ^N2 independently represent hydrogen, (Ci-4)alkoxy-(C ₂ )alkyl, (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl, or (C ₂ . ₃ )fluoroalkyl; ^■ or R ^N1 independently represents hydrogen or (Ci-4)alkyl, and R ² independently represents -CO-H, -CO-(Ci- ₃ )alkyl, -CO-(Ci. ₃ )alkylene-OH, or -CO-0-(Ci- ₃ )alkyl;

^■ or R ^N1 and R ² together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 4-, 5- or 6- membered saturated ring optionally containing one ring oxygen or ring sulfur atom, wherein said ring is unsubstituted, or mono-substituted with oxo on a ring carbon atom, or disubstituted with oxo on a ring sulfur atom;

(especially such group -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 represents amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, amino-methyl, methylamino-methyl, isobutylamino-methyl, cyclopropylamino-methyl, cyclobutylamino-methyl, (2-methoxyethyl)amino-methyl, (2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-amino; or -NH- CO-H, -N(C ₂ H ₅ )-CO-H, -NH-CO-C2H5, -NH-CO-CH2-CH2-OH, -NH-CO-O-CH3, -N(CH ₃ )-CO-0- CH3; or pyrrolidin-1 -yl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1 -yl, 1 ,1 -dioxo-isothiazolidin-2-yl, morpholin-4-yl, azetidin-1-yl, or piperidin-1-yl; or 2-(dimethylamino)-ethoxy);

> -NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 wherein R ^N5 and R ⁶ independently represent hydrogen or (wherein preferably at least one of R ^N5 and R ^N6 represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ are -NH-CO-NH2, -NH-CO-NH-C2H5);

> -S02-R ^S1 wherein R ^S1 represents hydroxy, (Ci-4)alkyl (especially methyl), or -NR ^N7 R ^N8 wherein R ^N7 and R ⁸ independently represent hydrogen or (Ci-3)alkyl (wherein preferably at least one of R ⁷ and R ^N8 represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -S02-R ^S1 are -SO2-CH3, - SO2-NH2, -SO2-OH, -SO2-NH-CH3);

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3- 6)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

-(CH2)q-HET ¹ , wherein q represents the integer 0, 1 or 2 (especially q is 0, i.e. HET ¹ is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl), 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl), or 5-thioxo- 4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-mercapto-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3- yi);

-(CH2)p-HET, wherein p represents the integer 0 or 1 (especially p is 0, i.e. HET is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET represents a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (especially 5-membered heteroaryl selected from oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl), wherein said 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl is unsubstituted, or mono- or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (Ci. ₄ )alkyl (especially methyl), (Ci )alkoxy (especially methoxy), -COOH, hydroxy, hydroxy-(Ci-3)alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl), (C3-s)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclopropyl, oxetan-3-yl), or -NR ^N9 R ^N10 wherein R ^N9 and R ¹ ° independently represent hydrogen, (Ci- 3)alkyl (especially methyl), or (especially 2-hydroxy-ethyl); (especially such group -(CH2)p-HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, 3-amino- isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methylamino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2- yl, 5-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-[(2-hydroxy-ethyl)]-amino)- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-hydroxymethyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-(oxetan-3-yl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)

(ii) or Ar ¹ represents 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl (notably 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl; especially indazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, indolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, or imidazopyridinyl); wherein said 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl independently is unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (especially methyl); (Ci )alkoxy (especially methoxy); (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl); (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy); halogen; cyano; hydroxy, or -(Co-3)alkylene- COOR ⁰² wherein R ⁰² repesents hydrogen or (Ci-4)alkyl (especially such group -(Co-3)alkylene-COOR ⁰² is - COOH); (especially such 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl, if unsubstituted, is 1 H-benzoimidazol-5-yl, 1 H-indol-6-yl, 1 H-indol-5-yl, 1 H-indol-2-yl, 1 H-indazol-5-yl, isoquinolin-7-yl, quinolin-6-yl; or, if substituted, is 3- carboxy-1 H-indol-6-yl, 4-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 7-carboxy- 1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl), 6-carboxy-benzofuran- 2-yl, 3-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl, 2-carboxy-benzofuran-5-yl, or 2-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl);

(iii) or Ar ¹ represents a group of the structure (Ar-lll):

(Ar-lll)

wherein ring (B) represents a non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring fused to the phenyl group, wherein ring (B) comprises one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen and oxygen (notably such group (Ar- lll) is 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-indolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 2,3-dihydro-1 H- indazolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-benzo[d]imidazolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]isoxazolyl, 2,3-dihydro-isoindolyl, 2,3- dihydro-benzooxazolyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolinyl, or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- phthalazinyl); wherein said ring (B) independently is unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from oxo, (Ci- ₆ )alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl) and -(Co-3)alkylene-COOR ⁰³ wherein R ⁰³ repesents hydrogen or (Ci-3)alkyl (especially such group (Ar-lll) is 2- oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-6-yl, 3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-5-yl, 1 -methyl-3-oxo-2 ,3-d i hydro- 1 H-indazol-6-yl, 2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1 -methyl-2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1 - oxo-1 , 2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl, 1-methyl-2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-7-yl, or 1 -oxo-1 , 2,3,4- tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl). In a sub-embodiment, Ar ¹ especially represents

• phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl; wherein said phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl independently is mono-, di- or tri-substituted (especially di-substituted),

> wherein one of said substituents is selected from (C^cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom, wherein said -6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom is unsubstituted or mono-substituted with

hydroxy; hydroxy; ' ^{N H} 2 ;-Xi-CO-R ⁰¹ ; 2-hydroxy-3,4-dioxo-cyclobut-1 -enyl; hydroxy-(C2-4)alkoxy; -(CH ₂ )rCO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 ; -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ ; -S0 ₂ -R ^S1 ; -(CH ₂ ) _q -HET ¹ ; -(CH ₂ ) _P -HET;

> and the other of said substituents, if present, independently are selected from (Ci-e)alkyl; (Ci-4)alkoxy;

(Ci-3)fluoroalkyl; (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy; halogen; cyano; (C3 )cycloalkyl, wherein said (C3-6)cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or mono-substituted with amino; (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy; hydroxy; hydroxy-(Ci )alkyl; dihydroxy-(C ₂ . ₄ )alkyl; hydroxy-(C )alkoxy; (Ci- ₄ )alkoxy-(C )alkoxy; -X ² -NR ¹ R ² ; -S-R ^S2 ; wherein the above groups and substituents are as defined in embodiment 1 ).

• or Ar ¹ represents 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl as defined in embodiment 1 ); wherein said 8- to 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl independently is unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (Ci-4)alkoxy; (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl; (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy; halogen; cyano; hydroxy, or -(Co-3)alkylene-COOR ⁰² wherein R ⁰² repesents hydrogen or

• or Ar ¹ represents a group of the structure (Ar-lll) as defined in embodiment 1 ).

The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) may contain one or more stereogenic or asymmetric centers, such as one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, which are allowed to be present in (R)- as well as (S)-configuration. The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) may further encompass compounds with one or more double bonds which are allowed to be present in Z- as well as E-configuration and/or compounds with substituents at a ring system which are allowed to be present, relative to each other, in cis- as well as trans-configuration. The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) may thus be present as mixtures of stereoisomers or preferably as pure stereoisomers. Mixtures of stereoisomers may be separated in a manner known to a person skilled in the art.

In case a particular compound (or generic structure) is designated as (R)- or (S)-enantiomer, such designation is to be understood as referring to the respective compound (or generic structure) in enriched, especially essentially pure, enantiomeric form. Likewise, in case a specific asymmetric center in a compound is designated as being in (R)- or (S)-configuration or as being in a certain relative configuration, such designation is to be understood as referring to the compound that is in enriched, especially essentially pure, form with regard to the respective configuration of said asymmetric center. In analogy, cis- or irans-designations are to be understood as referring to the respective stereoisomer of the respective relative configuration in enriched, especially essentially pure, form. Likewise, in case a particular compound (or generic structure) is designated as Z- or E-stereoisomer (or in case a specific double bond in a compound is designated as being in Z- or E-configuration), such designation is to be understood as referring to the respective compound (or generic structure) in enriched, especially essentially pure, stereoisomeric form (or to the compound that is in enriched, especially essentially pure, form with regard to the respective configuration of the double bond).

The term "enriched", when used in the context of stereoisomers, is to be understood in the context of the present invention to mean that the respective stereoisomer is present in a ratio of at least 70:30, especially of at least 90:10 (i.e., in a purity of at least 70% by weight, especially of at least 90% by weight), with regard to the respective other stereoisomer / the entirety of the respective other stereoisomers.

The term "essentially pure", when used in the context of stereoisomers, is to be understood in the context of the present invention to mean that the respective stereoisomer is present in a purity of at least 95% by weight, especially of at least 99% by weight, with regard to the respective other stereoisomer / the entirety of the respective other stereoisomers.

The present invention also includes isotopically labelled, especially ² H (deuterium) labelled compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to embodiments 1 ) to 29), which compounds are identical to the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) except that one or more atoms have each been replaced by an atom having the same atomic number but an atomic mass different from the atomic mass usually found in nature. Isotopically labelled, especially ² H (deuterium) labelled compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) and salts thereof are within the scope of the present invention. Substitution of hydrogen with the heavier isotope ² H (deuterium) may lead to greater metabolic stability, resulting e.g. in increased in-vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, or may lead to reduced inhibition of cytochrome P450 enzymes, resulting e.g. in an improved safety profile. In one embodiment of the invention, the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) are not isotopically labelled, or they are labelled only with one or more deuterium atoms. In a sub-embodiment, the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) are not isotopically labelled at all. Isotopically labelled compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) may be prepared in analogy to the methods described hereinafter, but using the appropriate isotopic variation of suitable reagents or starting materials.

In this patent application, a bond drawn as a dotted line shows the point of attachment of the radical drawn. For exam le, the radical drawn below

is the 2-methyl-1 - -indol-1 -yl group.

In some instances, the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) may contain tautomeric forms. Such tautomeric forms are encompassed in the scope of the present invention. In case tautomeric forms exist of a certain residue, and only one form of such residue is disclosed or defined, the other tautomeric form(s) are understood to be encompassed in such disclosed residue. For example the group 2-oxo-2 ,3-d i hyd ro- 1 H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl is to be understood as also encompassing its tautomeric forms 2-hydroxy-1 H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl and 2-hydroxy-3H- benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl. Similarly, 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (alternatively named 5-oxo-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl) encompasses its tautomeric form 5-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, and 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (alternatively named 3-oxo-2H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl) encompasses its tautomeric form 3- hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl .

Where the plural form is used for compounds, salts, pharmaceutical compositions, diseases and the like, this is intended to mean also a single compound, salt, or the like.

Any reference to compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to embodiments 1 ) to 29) is to be understood as referring also to the salts (and especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts) of such compounds, as appropriate and expedient.

The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the subject compound and exhibit minimal undesired toxicological effects. Such salts include inorganic or organic acid and/or base addition salts depending on the presence of basic and/or acidic groups in the subject compound. For reference see for example "Handbook of Phramaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use.", P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Wiley-VCH, 2008; and "Pharmaceutical Salts and Co-crystals", Johan Wouters and Luc Quere (Eds.), RSC Publishing, 2012.

Definitions provided herein are intended to apply uniformly to the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III), as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 22), and, mutatis mutandis, throughout the description and the claims unless an otherwise expressly set out definition provides a broader or narrower definition. It is well understood that a definition or preferred definition of a term defines and may replace the respective term independently of (and in combination with) any definition or preferred definition of any or all other terms as defined herein. Whenever the group Ar ¹ or substituents thereof are further defined, such definitions are intended to apply mutatis mutandis also to the groups (Ar-I), (Ar-ll), and (Ar-lll) and their respective substituents.

Whenever a substituent is denoted as optional, it is understood that such substituent may be absent (i.e. the respective residue is unsubstituted with regard to such optional substituent), in which case all positions having a free valency (to which such optional substituent could have been attached to; such as for example in an aromatic ring the ring carbon atoms and / or the ring nitrogen atoms having a free valency) are substituted with hydrogen where appropriate. Likewise, in case the term "optionally" is used in the context of (ring) heteroatom(s), the term means that either the respective optional heteroatom(s), or the like, are absent (i.e. a certain moiety does not contain heteroatom(s) / is a carbocycle / or the like), or the respective optional heteroatom(s), or the like, are present as explicitly defined.

The term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine; especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine; preferably fluorine or chlorine.

The term "alkyl", used alone or in combination, refers to a saturated straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing one to six carbon atoms. The term "(C _x - _y )alkyl" (x and y each being an integer), refers to an alkyl group as defined before, containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a (Ci-e)alkyl group contains from one to six carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert.-butyl, 3-methyl-butyl, 2,2- dimethyl-propyl and 3,3-dimethyl-butyl. For avoidance of any doubt, in case a group is referred to as e.g. propyl or butyl, it is meant to be n-propyl, respectively n-butyl. Preferred are methyl and ethyl. Most preferred is methyl. Preferred for substituents of Ar ¹ being phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isobutyl, 1- methyl-propan-1-yl, tert.-butyl, 3-methyl-butyl.

The term "-(C _x . _y )alkylene-", used alone or in combination, refers to bivalently bound alkyl group as defined before containing x to y carbon atoms. Preferably, the points of attachment of a -(Ci- _y )alkylene group are in 1 ,1-diyl, in 1 ,2- diyl, or in 1 ,3-diyl arrangement. In case a (Co-y)alkylene group is used in combination with another substituent, the term means that either said substituent is linked through a (Ci- _y )alkylene group to the rest of the molecule, or it is directly attached to the rest of the molecule (i.e. a (Co)alkylene group represents a direct bond linking said substituent to the rest of the molecule). The alkylene group -C2H4- refers to -CH2-CH2- if not explicitly indicated otherwise. For the linker X ¹ , examples of (Ci-3)alkylene groups are -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ )2-, and -CH2-CH2-, especially -CH ₂ - and -CH2-CH2-. Examples of (Co-3)alkylene groups as used in the substituents -(Co-3)alkylene- COOR ⁰² and (Co-3)alkylene-COOR ⁰³ , respectively, are (Co)alkylene, and methylene, respectively.

The term "alkoxy", used alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl-O- group wherein the alkyl group is as defined before. The term "(C _x . _y )alkoxy" (x and y each being an integer) refers to an alkoxy group as defined before containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a (Ci-4)alkoxy group means a group of the formula in which the term "(Ci-4)alkyl" has the previously given significance. Examples of alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec.-butoxy and tert.-butoxy. Preferred are ethoxy and especially methoxy. Preferred for substituents of Ar ¹ being phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy.

The term "fluoroalkyi", used alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group as defined before containing one to three carbon atoms in which one or more (and possibly all) hydrogen atoms have been replaced with fluorine. The term " ( C _x - _y )f I u 0 roa I ky I" (x and y each being an integer) refers to a fluoroalkyi group as defined before containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl group contains from one to three carbon atoms in which one to seven hydrogen atoms have been replaced with fluorine. Representative examples of fluoroalkyi groups include trifluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl. Preferred are (Ci)fluoroalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl. An example of "(Ci-3)fluoroalkyl, wherein said (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy" is 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxy-ethyl.

The term "fluoroalkoxy", used alone or in combination, refers to an alkoxy group as defined before containing one to three carbon atoms in which one or more (and possibly all) hydrogen atoms have been replaced with fluorine. The term "(C _x . _y )fluoroalkoxy" (x and y each being an integer) refers to a fluoroalkoxy group as defined before containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy group contains from one to three carbon atoms in which one to seven hydrogen atoms have been replaced with fluorine. Representative examples of fluoroalkoxy groups include trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2-difluoroethoxy and 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy. Preferred are (Ci)fluoroalkoxy groups such as trifluoromethoxy and difluoromethoxy, as well as 2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy.

The term "cycloalkyi", used alone or in combination, refers to a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon ring containing three to six carbon atoms. The term "(C _x - _y )cycloalkyl" (x and y each being an integer), refers to a cycloalkyi group as defined before containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a (C3-6)cycloalkyl group contains from three to six carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyi groups are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl. Preferred are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and cyclopentyl; especially cyclopropyl. An example of cycloalkyi groups containing one ring oxygen atom is especially oxetanyl. Examples of (C3-6)cycloalkyl groups wherein said (C3- 6)cycloalkyl is optionally mono-substituted with amino are cyclopropyl, 1-amino-cyclopropyl. Examples of (C3- 6)cycloalkyl groups wherein said (C3-6)cycloalkyl is mono-substituted with-COOH are 1-carboxy-cyclopropyl, 1- carboxy-cyclopentyl.

The term "-(C _x . _y )cycloalkylene-", used alone or in combination, refers to bivalently bound cycloalkyi group as defined before containing x to y carbon atoms. Preferably, the points of attachment of any bivalently bound cycloalkyi group are in 1 ,1-diyl, or in 1 ,2-diyl arrangement. Examples are cyclopropan-1 ,1-diyl, cyclopropan-1 ,2-diyl, and cyclopentan-1 ,1-diyl; preferred is cyclopropan-1 ,1-diyl.

Examples of ( C3-6)cycl oa I kyl -oxy are cyclobutyl-oxy, and cyclopentyl-oxy.

Alkylated amino groups -N[(Ci )alkyl]2 as used in groups -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein R ⁰¹ represents -O-CH2-CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents -N[(Ci-4)alkyl]2; or wherein R ⁰¹ represents -0-CH2-CH2-N[(Ci-4)alkyl]2 are such that the two repective (Ci-4)alkyl groups are independently selected. A preferred example of such amino group is -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ .

The term "heterocycle", used alone or in combination, and if not explicitly defined in a broader or more narrow way, refers to a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon ring containing one or two (especially one) ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen (especially one nitrogen atom, two nitrogen atoms, one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom, or one nitrogen atom and one sulfur atom). The term "(C _x . _y )heterocycle" refers to such a heterocycle containing x to y ring atoms. Heterocycles are unsubstituted or substituted as explicitly defined.

A group composed of a "non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring fused to the phenyl group, wherein ring (B) comprises one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen and oxygen " as used for (Ar-lll) refers to phenyl groups which are fused to a (C ₅ -6)heterocycle as defined before. Examples are 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, 2,3- dihydro-1 H-indolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-indazolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-benzo[d]imidazolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]isoxazolyl, 2,3-dihydro-isoindolyl, 3-dihydro-benzooxazol-6-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-7-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl, and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-phthalazin-6-yl. The above groups are unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from oxo, (Ci- ₆ )alkyl, and -(Co-3)alkylene-COOR ⁰³ wherein R ⁰³ repesents hydrogen or (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl); especially substituents are independently selected from oxo, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, or -COOH; wherein the substituents are attached to the fused 5- or 6-membered non- aromatic ring. Oxo substituents are preferably attached to a ring carbon atom which is in alpha position to a ring nitrogen atom. Preferred examples of such groups are 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-indolyl, 2,3- dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl; as well as the oxosubstituted heterocyclyl groups 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indazolyl, 2- oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-benzo[d]imidazolyl, 3-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]isoxazolyl, 2-oxo-1 ,3-dihydro-indolyl, 1-oxo-2,3- dihydro-isoindolyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazolyl, 2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolinyl, 1-oxo-1, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-isoquinolinyl, 1 ,4-dioxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-phthalazinyl; wherein the above groups optionally carry one (further) substituent independently selected from (Ci-e)alkyl, and -(Co-3)alkylene-COOR ⁰³ wherein R ⁰³ repesents hydrogen or (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl). Particular examples are 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-6-yl, 3-methyl- 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-5-yl, 1-methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indazol-6-yl, 2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinazolin-6-yl, 1-methyl-2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl, 1- methyl-2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-7-yl, or 1-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl.

For avoidance of doubt, certain groups having tautomeric forms which are considered predominantly non-aromatic, such as for example 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-benzo[d]imidazolyl groups, are defined herein as 8- to 10-membered partially aromatic fused bicyclic heterocyclyl groups, even though their corresponding tautomeric form (2-hydroxy- 1 H-benzo[d]imidazolyl) could also be considered as a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl group.

Examples of the fragment:

(

wherein ring (A) represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring which ring (A) is fused to the phenyl group, wherein said ring (A) optionally contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur are indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and phthalazinyl (notably benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, and isoquinolinyl). The above groups are unsubstituted or substituted as explicitly defined.

Examples of the fragment:

wherein ring (A) represents a non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring, which ring (A) is fused to the phenyl group, wherein said ring (A) optionally contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur are 2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzofuranyl, indanyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalenyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, and 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolinyl. The above groups are unsubstituted or substituted as explicitly defined.

The term "aryl", used alone or in combination, means phenyl or naphthyl, especially phenyl. The above-mentioned aryl groups are unsubstituted or substituted as explicitly defined.

Examples of the substituent Ar ¹ representing phenyl are especially those which are at least mono-substituted in para position with respect to the point of attachment of the rest of the molecule. In addition, such group Ar ¹ representing phenyl may carry one or two further substituents, especially in one or both meta positions with respect to the point of attachment of the rest of the molecule. The respective substituents of such phenyl groups are as explicitly defined.

The term "heteroaryl", used alone or in combination, means a 5- to 10-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring containing one to a maximum of four heteroatoms, each independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Examples of such heteroaryl groups are 5-membered heteroaryl groups such as furanyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl; 6- membered heteroaryl groups such as pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl; and 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl groups such as indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, thienopyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrrolopyrazinyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazopyridazinyl, and imidazothiazolyl. The above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are unsubstituted or substituted as explicitly defined.

For the substituent Ar ¹ representing a "5- or 6-membered heteroaryl", the term means the above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered groups such as especially pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl or thiophenyl. Notably, the term refers to 5-membered groups such as especially thiazolyl or thiophenyl; in particular thiophen-2- yl, thiophen-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl. Preferred is thiophenyl, especially thiophen-2-yl; or thiazolyl, especially thiazol-2-yl. The above groups are substituted as explicitly defined. Thiophen-2-yl or thiazol-2-yl are especially di-substituted with one substituent being in position 5, and a second substituent in position 4 (and, for thiophen-2-yl, optionally a halogen substituent in position 3).

For the substituent Ar ¹ representing a "8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl" the term means the above-mentioned 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl groups. Notably, the term refers to 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl groups, such as especially indazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, indolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, and imidazopyridinyl. The above groups are unsubstituted or substituted as explicitly defined. Particular examples are 1 H-indol-2-yl, 1 H-indol-3-yl, 1 H-indol-4-yl, 1 H-indol-5-yl, 1 H-indol-6-yl, 1 -methyl-1 H-indol-

5- yl, 1 H-indazol-5-yl, 1 H-indazol-6-yl, 1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-6-yl, 3-methyl-1 H-indazol-6-yl, 3-methoxy-1 H-indazol-

6- yl, 6-methoxy-1 H-indazol-5-yl, 1 H-benzoimidazol-5-yl, 2-methyl-1 H-benzoi m idazol-5-y 1 , 2-trif I uo rom eth yl - 1 H- benzoimidazol-5-yl, 1 H-benzotriazol-5-yl, 2-methyl-benzooxazol-5-yl, 2-methyl-benzooxazol-6-yl, quinoxalin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yl, quinolin-6-yl, 1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl, 1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl, 1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin- 5-yl, 1-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl, 2-carboxy-1 H-indol-5-yl, 3-carboxy-1 H- indol-6-yl, 4-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 7-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 7- carboxy-1 H-indol-4-yl, 7-carboxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-(methoxycarbonyl)- 1 H-indol-2-yl), 6-carboxy-benzofuran-2-yl, 3-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl, 2-carboxy-benzofuran-5-yl, and 2-carboxy- benzofuran-6-yl. Preferred examples are 1 H-benzoimidazol-5-yl, 1 H-indol-6-yl, 1 H-indol-5-yl, 1 H-indol-2-yl, 1 H- indazol-5-yl, as well as 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl which are mono-substituted with -(Co-3)alkylene- COOR ⁰² such as 3-carboxy-1 H-indol-6-yl, 4-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-carboxy-1 H-indol-2- yl, 7-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)- 1 H -i ndol-2-yl , 6-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl), 6-carboxy- benzofuran-2-yl, 3-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl, 2-carboxy-benzofuran-5-yl, and 2-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl.

For the substituent "-(ChbV-HET, wherein p represents the integer 0 or 1 , and wherein HET represents a 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl", such 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl is as defined before; notably a nitrogen containing 5- membered heteroaryl such as especially tetrazolyl, or oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, or triazolyl. The above groups are unsubstituted or substituted as explicitly defined. The group -(CH ₂ ) _P - is preferably absent, i.e. p represents the integer 0 and the group HET is directly bound to Ar ¹ . Particular examples of -(CH2) _P -HET are especially the -(ChbyHET groups 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl , 3-hydroxy- isoxazol-5-yl, 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl; further examples are 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5- amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methylamino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-amino- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-[(2-hydroxy-ethyl)]-amino)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-hydroxymethyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5- (oxetan-3-yl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, and 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl; as well as 1 H-pyrazol-1-yl, 1 H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl, 1-methyl-1 H-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-pyrazol- 3-yl, 3 ,5-d i methyl-pyrazol- 1 -yl , 4-carboxy-1 H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1 H-imidazol-2-yl, 3-methyl-3H-imidazol4-yl, 2-methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-2-yl, 1 ,2-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2- cyclopropyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2-cyclopropyl-1 -methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, 5-methyl- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 3-methyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, 5-methyl-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, 4-methyl-thiazol-2-yl, 2-methyl-thiazol-4-yl, 2-amino-5-methyl-thiazol4-yl, 4,5-dimethyl-thiazol-2-yl, 4- carboxy-thiazol-2-yl, 2-carboxy-thiazol-4-yl, 2-hydroxy-thiazol-4-yl, 2-amino-2-oxoethyl)thiazol4-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, 3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl, 4-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl, 4-carboxy-3-methyl-isoxazol-5-yl, oxazol-5-yl, 2- methyl-oxazol-5-yl, 2-(2-carboxyethyl)-oxazol-5-yl, 2-(2-carboxyethyl)-4-methyl-oxazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]triazol-3-yl, 1 H-[1 ,2,4]triazol-1-yl, 2-methyl-2H-[1 ,2,4]triazol-3-yl, pyridin-2-yl, 4-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, 5-fluoro- pyrimidin-2-yl, 5-methoxy-pyrimidin-2-yl, 4-methoxy-pyrimidin-2-yl, 6-methoxy-pyrimidin-4-yl, 6-dimethylamino- pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, 6-methoxy-pyrazin-2-yl, 6-methoxy-pyridazin-3-yl, 3H-imidazol4-yl, 3H-[1 ,2,3]triazol-4- yl, oxazol-2-yl, and 4,5-dimethyl-oxazol-2-yl. For avoidance of doubt, certain groups having tautomeric forms which may be considered predominantly aromatic (such as for example 3-hyd roxy-isoxazolyl or 2-hydroxy- [1 ,3,4]oxadiazolyl groups) are defined herein as heteroaryl groups HET, even though their corresponding tautomeric form (3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-2H-isoxazolyl, respectively, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-3H-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazolyl) could also be considered as a non-aromatic group. Likewise, certain groups having tautomeric forms which may be considered predominantly non-aromatic (such as 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl or 5-thioxo-4,5-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl) as defined for the substituent HET ¹ , are defined herein as not being part of substituted heteroaryl groups as defined for HET, even though their corresponding tautomeric form (5-hydroxy- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazolyl, respectively, 5-mercapto-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazolyl), could also be considered as an heteroaryl group. It is understood that the corresponding tautomer is encompassed in the respective scope as defined.

The term "cyano" refers to a group -CN.

The term "amino" refers to a group -NH ₂ .

The term "oxo" refers to a group =0 which is preferably attached to a chain or ring carbon or sulfur atom as for example in a carbonyl group -(CO)-, or a sulfonyl group -(SO2)-.

Examples of "-X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 " groups as used for substituents of Ar ¹ being phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl are amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, amino-methyl, methylamino-methyl, isobutylamino-methyl, cyclopropylamino-methyl, cyclobutylamino-methyl, (2-methoxyethyl)amino-methyl, (2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-amino; or -NH-CO-H, -N(C ₂ H ₅ )-CO-H, -NH-CO-C2H5, -NH-CO-CH2-CH2-OH, -NH-CO-O-CH3, -N(CH ₃ )-CO-0-CH ₃ ; or pyrrolidin-1-yl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl, 1 ,1-dioxo-isothiazolidin-2-yl, morpholin-4-yl, azetidin-1 -yl, or piperidin-1 -yl; and 2-(dimethylamino)-ethoxy.

Examples of a group "-NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 " as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ are ureido (-NH-CO-NH2) and 3-ethylureido (-NH-CO-NH-C2H5).

Examples of a group "-(CH2) _r -CO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein r represents the integer 0 or 1 " as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ are preferably groups wherein r represents the integer 0 and at least one of R ³ and R ⁴ represents hydrogen (or less preferred, methyl). Particular examples of such group -CO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 are -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(CH3), -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ ), -CO-NH-O-methyl, -CO-NH-O-ethyl, -CO-NH-O-isopropyl, -CO-NH-C2H4-OH, - CO-NH-O-C2H4-OH, -CO-NH-C2H4-OCH3, -CO-NH-C ₂ H ₄ -N(CH ₃ )2, and -CO-NH-O-benzyl. Further examples are- CO-NH-isopropyl and -CO-NH-OH, as well as -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ .

Examples of a group "-X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ " as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ are especially the following groups: a) X ¹ represents a direct bond; and R ⁰¹ represents -OH; (i.e. -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH); or b) X ¹ represents a direct bond; and R ⁰¹ represents (especially ethoxy, or methoxy); (i.e. -X ¹ - CO-R ⁰¹ represents -CO-(Ci-4)alkoxy (especially ethoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl)); or

c) X ¹ represents a direct bond; and R ⁰¹ represents -NH-S02-R ^S3 ; wherein R ^S3 represents (C3- 6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom; (C3-6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- 3) alkylene wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom; (Ci- ₃ )fluoroalkyl; phenyl; or -NH ₂ ; (i.e. -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -CO-NH-S02-R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents the above mentioned groups; notably methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl, amino; especially -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents - CO-NH-SO2-CH3, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -ethyl, or -CO-NH-S0 ₂ - NH ₂ ); or

d) X ¹ represents (Ci. ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -), -0-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -0-CH ₂ -*, -0- CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, 0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*), -S- CH ₂ -*, -CF ₂ -, -CH=CH-, or -CH≡CH- [in a sub-embodiment X ¹ represents especially -0-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH ₂ - *, -S-CH ₂ -*, or (Ci- ₃ )alkylene]; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and R ⁰¹ represents -OH (i.e. -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -X ¹ -COOH wherein X ¹ represents the above mentioned groups; especially -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -0-CH ₂ -COOH or -NH-CH ₂ -COOH; as well as -CH ₂ - COOH, -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH=CH-COOH, -CH≡CH-COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, or -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH); or

e) -X ¹ represents -NH-CO-* or -CO-; wherein the asterisk indicates the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and R ⁰¹ represents -OH (i.e. -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -X ¹ -COOH wherein X ¹ represents the above mentioned groups; especially -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -NH-CO-COOH, -CO-COOH); or

f) X ¹ represents (C ₃ . ₅ )cycloalkylene; and R ⁰¹ represents -OH; (i.e. -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl which is mono-substituted with COOH; especially -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1-yl or 1-carboxy-cyclopentan-1 -yl); or

g) X ¹ represents a direct bond; and R ⁰¹ represents -0-CH ₂ -CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents hydroxy, or (Ci-

₄ ) alkoxy, or -N[(Ci- ₄ )alkyl] ₂ ; especially -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -CO-0-CH ₂ -COOH; or

wherein each of the groups a), b), c), d), e), f), and g) forms a particular sub-embodiment.

Compounds of Formulae (I), (II), or (III) containing a group "-X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ " wherein X ¹ represents -CH=CH- may be in E- or Z-configuration. Preferably, such groups are in E-configuration.

Whenever a group Ar ¹ is substituted with a substituent comprising a carboxylic acid group -COOH (such as in the substituents -(Co- ₃ )alkylene-COOR ⁰² wherein R ⁰² repesents hydrogen; -(Co- ₃ )alkylene-COOR ⁰³ wherein R ⁰³ repesents hydrogen; or in the substituents -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ wherein R ⁰¹ represents -OH, especially in the -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ groups a), d), e) and f) above) such carboxylic acid group may be present in form of a prodrug group. Such prodrugs are encompassed in the scope of the present invention. In certain instances, compounds comprising such carboxylic acid prodrug groups may as such exhibit biological activity on the EP2 and/or EP4 receptor, whereas in other instances, such compounds comprising such carboxylic acid prodrug groups require (e.g. enzymatic) cleavage of the prodrug to exhibit biological activity on the EP2 and/or EP4 receptor. Prodrugs of the carboxylic acid functional group are well known in the art (see for example J. Rautio (Ed.) Prodrugs and Targeted Delivery: Towards Better ADME Properties, Volume 47, Wiley 2010JSBN: 978-3-527-32603-7; H. Maag in Stella, V., Borchardt, R., Hageman, M., Oliyai, R., Maag, H.Jilley, J. (Eds.) Prodrugs: Challenges and Rewards, Springer 2007, ISBN 978-0-387-49785-3). Particular examples of prodrugs, for example suitable for -X ¹ -COOH groups are:

• ester groups -X ¹ -CO-0-P ¹ wherein P ¹ is for example (C3-6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom; (C3-6)cycloalkyl-(Ci_3)alkyl wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom; (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl; or (Ci-4)alkoxy-(C2-4)alkyl (especially P ¹ is (Ci )alkyl, in particular methyl or ethyl);

• groups -X ¹ -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (C3-6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom; (C3-6)cycloalkyl-(Ci_3)alkyl wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom; (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl, -NH ₂ ; (especially R ^S3 is (Ci-4)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl; in particular methyl);

· groups -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ wherein R ⁰¹ represents -O-CH2-CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents hydroxy, or (Ci- 4)alkoxy, or -N[(Ci. ₄ )alkyl] ₂ (especially -CO-0-CH ₂ -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₂ -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ );

• groups -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ wherein R ⁰¹ represents -0-CH ₂ -0-CO-R ⁰⁵ , wherein R ⁰⁵ repesents or (Ci- 4)alkoxy (especially -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-0-ethyl, -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-propyl);

• groups -X -CO-R ⁰¹ wherein R ⁰ represents -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N[(Ci. ₄ )alkyl] ₂ (especially -CO-0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ - N(CH ₃ ) ₂ ); and

• groups -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ wherein R ⁰¹ represents 5-methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyloxy-.

Examples of "hydroxy-(Ci- ₄ )alkyl" groups as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ are hydroxymethyl and 1- hydroxy-ethyl.

An example of "dihydroxy-(C ₂ . ₄ )alkyl" groups as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ is 1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl. An example of "hydroxy-(C ₂ )alkoxy" groups as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ is 2-hydroxy-ethoxy.

An example of "(Ci )alkoxy-(C ₂ )alkoxy" groups as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ is 2-methoxy-ethoxy.

Examples of a group "-S0 ₂ -R ^S1 " as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ are -S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -S0 ₂ -NH-CH ₃ .

Examples of a group " S-R ^S2 " as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ are methylsulfanyl, ethylsulfanyl, n- propylsulfanyl, isopropylsulfanyl, isobutylsulfanyl), cyclobutylsulfanyl, and (oxetan-3-yl)-sulfanyl.

An example of a "(Ci- ₄ )alkoxy-(C ₂ . ₄ )alkyl" group is 2-methoxyethyl.

An example of a "hydroxy-(C ₂ . ₄ )alkoxy" group is 2-hydroxy-ethoxy.

An example of a "hydroxy-(C ₂ . ₄ )alkyl" group is 2-hydroxy-ethyl.

An example of a "-CO-(Ci- ₄ )alkoxy" group as used for substituents of the group Ar ¹ is ethoxycarbonyl. Such groups may also be useful as produgs of the respective -COOH substituent.

Whenever the word "between" is used to describe a numerical range, it is to be understood that the end points of the indicated range are explicitly included in the range. For example: if a temperature range is described to be between 40 °C and 80 °C, this means that the end points 40 °C and 80 °C are included in the range; or if a variable is defined as being an integer between 1 and 4, this means that the variable is the integer 1 , 2, 3, or 4. Unless used regarding temperatures, the term "about" placed before a numerical value "X" refers in the current application to an interval extending from X minus 10% of X to X plus 10% of X, and preferably to an interval extending from X minus 5% of X to X plus 5% of X. In the particular case of temperatures, the term "about" placed before a temperature "Y" refers in the current application to an interval extending from the temperature Y minus 10°C to Y plus 10°C, and preferably to an interval extending from Y minus 5°C to Y plus 5°C. Besides, the term "room temperature" as used herein refers to a temperature of about 25°C.

Further embodiments of the invention are presented hereinafter:

2) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in to embodiment 1 ), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein R ^4a and R ^4b both represent hydrogen.

3) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in to embodiments 1 ) or 2), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein R ^5a and R ^5b both represent hydrogen. Particular compounds of formula (I) are compounds wherein R ^4a and R ^4b both represent hydrogen; and R ^5a and R ^5b both represent hydrogen.

4) Another embodiment relates to compounds of formual (I) as defined in embodiment 1 ), for use according to embodiment 1 ), which compounds are also compounds of the formula (II)

Formula (II)

wherein

ring (A) in the fragment:

(

represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring or a non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring, which ring (A) is fused to the phenyl group, wherein independently said ring (A) optionally contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (notably such fused group is benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[b]thiophenyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1 ,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, indanyl, 5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-naphthalenyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolinyl); wherein said fragment is optionally substituted with (R ¹ ) _n ; wherein (R ¹ ) _n represents one, two, three, or four optional substituents (i.e. said fragment is unsubstituted, or substituted with one, two, three, or four R ¹ ), wherein said substituents R ¹ are independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), (C2-3)alkenyl (especially vinyl), (C2-3)alkynyl (especially ethynyl), (Ci-3)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy), halogen (especially fluoro, or chloro), -S-(Ci_3)alkyl (especially methylsulfanyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy), cyano, oxo, or amino;

R ³ represents hydrogen, or methyl (especially hydrogen); and

Ar ¹ represents

• a phenyl group of the structure (Ar-I):

(Ar-I)

wherein

^■ R ^p represents

> (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom, wherein said (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom is unsubstituted or mono-substituted with hydroxy (especially 3-hydroxy-oxetan-3-yl);

> hydroxy;

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci. ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH ₂ - CH ₂ -), -0-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -0-CH ₂ -*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*), -S-CH ₂ -*, -CF ₂ - -CH=CH-, - CH≡CH-, -NH-CO-*, -CO-, or (C3- ₅ )cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

^■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci )alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C3- 6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C3-6)cycloalkyl-(Ci-3)alkylene wherein the (C3-6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- 3)fluoroalkyl, or -NH ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents hydroxy, or (Ci )alkoxy, or -N[(Ci- ₄ )alkyl] ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -0-CO-R ⁰⁵ , wherein R ⁰⁵ repesents (Ci- ₄ )alkyl or (Ci )alkoxy;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N[(Ci )alkyl] ₂ (especially -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ ); or ^■ (5-methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyloxy-;

[wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-O-CH3, -CO-O-C2H5, -0- CH2-COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH2-COOH, - NH-CH2-CO-O-CH3, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CO-NH-SO2-CH3, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH- S0 ₂ -cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-SO2-C2H5, -CO-NH-SO2-NH2, -CO-O-CH2-COOH, -CO-0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ - N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-propyl, (5- methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyl-0-CO-, -CH2-COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CH2-CO-O-C2H5, - CH2-CH2-COOH, -CH=CH-COOH, -CH≡CH-CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CF2-COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, -CO- COOH , 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1 -yl];

> 2-hydroxy-3,4-dioxo-cyclobut-1 -enyl;

> hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> -(CH2)rCO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein r represents the integer 0 or 1 ; and wherein R ^N3 and R ^N4 independently represent hydrogen, hydroxy-(C2 )alkyl, (Ci- ₃ )alkoxy-(C2-4)alkyl, or hydroxy (wherein preferably at least one of R ³ and R ^N4 represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -CO-NR ³ R ⁴ are -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(CH ₃ ), -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ ), -CH2-CO-NH2, -CO-NH-C2H4- OH, -CO-NH-C ₂ H ₄ -OCH ₃ , or -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-isopropyl, or -CO-NH-OH);

> -NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 wherein R ^N5 and R ⁶ independently represent hydrogen or (wherein preferably at least one of R ⁵ and R ⁶ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ are -NH-CO-NH2, -NH-CO-NH-C2H5);

-(CH2)q-HET ¹ , wherein q represents the integer 0, 1 or 2 (especially q is 0, i.e. HET ¹ is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl), 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl), or 5-thioxo- 4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-mercapto-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3- yi);

> -(CH ₂ ) _P -HET, wherein p represents the integer 0 or 1 (especially p is 0, i.e. HET is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET represents a 5-membered heteroaryl (especially oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl), wherein said 5-membered heteroaryl is unsubstituted, or mono- or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (especially methyl), (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy), -COOH, hydroxy, hydroxy-(Ci- ₃ )alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl), (C ₃ . ₅ )cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclopropyl, oxetan-3-yl), or -NR ^N9 R ^N10 wherein R ^N9 and R ¹ ° independently represent hydrogen, (Ci- ₃ )alkyl (especially methyl), or hydroxy-(C2 )alkyl (especially 2-hydroxy-ethyl); (especially such group -(CH ₂ ) _P -HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hyd roxy-i soxazol -5-y 1 , 2-hydroxy- [1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5- methylamino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5- [(2-hydroxy-ethyl)]-amino)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-hydroxymethyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-(oxetan-3- yl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl);

^■ R ^m1 represents

> hydrogen;

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy;

> hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 , wherein X ² represents a direkt bond; or X ² represents -O-CH2-CH2-*, wherein the asterisk indicates the bond that is linked to the -NR ^N1 R ^N2 group; and wherein R ^N1 and R ^N2 independently represent hydrogen, (especially methyl), or (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl); (especially such group -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 represents amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino; or 2-(dimethylamino)-ethoxy);

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci_4)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3- 6)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

wherein in a sub-embodiment, R ^m1 especially is different from hydrogen;

^■ R ^m2 represents hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, or chloro; and

^■ R ⁰¹ represents hydrogen; or, in case R ^m2 represents hydrogen, R ⁰¹ represents hydrogen or fluoro;

or Ar ¹ represents a 5-membered heteroaryl group of the structure (Ar-ll):

(Ar-ll)

wherein Y represents CR ⁸ wherein R ⁸ represents especially hydrogen, or halogen (notably fluoro, chloro); or Y represents N;

R ⁷ represents

> (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom, wherein said (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom is unsubstituted or mono-substituted with hydroxy (especially 3-hydroxy-oxetan-3-yl);

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

> X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci. ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH2-CH2-), -0-(Ci. ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -O-CH2-*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- 3)alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*), -S-CH ₂ -*, -CF ₂ - -CH=CH-, -CH≡CH-, -NH- CO-*, -CO-, or (C ₃ -5)cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the - CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

> R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

^■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci-4)alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene wherein the (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- ₃ )fluoroalkyl, or -NH ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents hydroxy, or (Ci- ₄ )alkoxy, or -N[(Ci- ₄ )alkyl] ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -0-CO-R ⁰⁵ , wherein R ⁰⁵ repesents or (Ci- ₄ )alkoxy;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N[(Ci. ₄ )alkyl] ₂ (especially -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ ); or

^■ (5-methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyloxy-;

[wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -O-CH2- COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ - CO-0-CH ₃ , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ - cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , - CO-0-CH ₂ -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-propyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo- [1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyl-0-CO-, -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CH ₂ -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, - CH=CH-COOH, -CH≡CH-CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CF ₂ -COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, -CO-COOH, 1-carboxy- cyclopropan-1-yl];

> 2-hydroxy-3,4-dioxo-cyclobut-1-enyl;

> hydroxy-(C ₂ )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy); > -(CH ₂ )rCO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein r represents the integer 0 or 1 ; and wherein R ^N3 and R ⁴ independently represent hydrogen, hydroxy-(C ₂ )alkyl, (Ci-3)alkoxy-(C2-4)alkyl, or hydroxy (wherein preferably at least one of R ³ and R ⁴ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -CO-NR ³ R ⁴ are -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH(CH ₃ ), -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ ), -CH ₂ -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH-C ₂ H ₄ - OH, -CO-NH-C ₂ H ₄ -OCH ₃ , or -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-isopropyl, or -CO-NH-OH);

> -NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 wherein R ^N5 and R ⁶ independently represent hydrogen or (wherein preferably at least one of R ^N5 and R ^N6 represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ are -NH-CO-NH ₂ , -NH-CO-NH-C ₂ H ₅ );

-(CH ₂ )q-HET ¹ , wherein q represents the integer 0, 1 or 2 (especially q is 0, i.e. HET ¹ is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl), 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl), or 5-thioxo- 4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-mercapto-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3- yi);

-(CH ₂ ) _P -HET, wherein p represents the integer 0 or 1 (especially p is 0, i.e. HET is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET represents a 5-membered heteroaryl (especially oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl), wherein said 5-membered heteroaryl is unsubstituted, or mono- or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (especially methyl), (Ci )alkoxy (especially methoxy), -COOH, hydroxy, hydroxy-(Ci-3)alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl), (C3-5)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclopropyl, oxetan-3-yl), or -NR ^N9 R ^N10 wherein R ^N9 and R ¹ ° independently represent hydrogen, (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), or hydroxy-(C ₂ )alkyl (especially 2-hydroxy-ethyl); (especially such group -(CH ₂ ) _P -HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl , 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-hydroxy- [1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5- methylamino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5- [(2-hydroxy-ethyl)]-amino)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-hydroxymethyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-(oxetan-3- yl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl); R ⁶ represents

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> hydroxy;

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy); > hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 , wherein X ² represents a direkt bond; or X ² represents -O-CH2-CH2-*, wherein the asterisk indicates the bond that is linked to the -NR ^N1 R ^N2 group; and wherein R ^N1 and R ² independently represent hydrogen, or (C3-6)cycloalkyl; (especially such group -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 represents amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino; or 2-(dimethylamino)-ethoxy);

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci_4)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3- 6)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

• or Ar ¹ represents 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl (notably 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl; especially indazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, isoquinolinyl, or quinolinyl); wherein said 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl independently is mono-substituted with -(Co- 3)alkylene-COOR ⁰² wherein R ⁰² repesents hydrogen or (Ci-4)alkyl (especially methyl) (wherein especially such group -(Co-3)alkylene-COOR ⁰² is -COOH); (especially such 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl is 3-carboxy- 1 H-indol-6-yl, 4-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 7-carboxy-1 H-indol- 2-yl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl), 6-carboxy-benzofuran-2-yl, 3- carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl, 2-carboxy-benzofuran-5-yl, or 2-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl);

• or Ar ¹ represents a group of the structure (Ar-I 11):

(Ar-lll)

which is selected from 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-6-yl, 3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-5-yl, 1- methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indazol-6-yl, 2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1-methyl-2-oxo-1 , 2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1-oxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl, 1-methyl-2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinazolin-7-yl, and 1-oxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl.

5) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in embodiment 4), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein Ar ¹ represents

• a phenyl group of the structure (Ar-I):

(Ar-I)

wherein R ^p represents

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

> X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci- ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH ₂ - CH ₂ -), -0-(Ci. ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -O-CH2-*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci. ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*),-CH=CH-, -NH-CO-*, or (C ₃ . 5)cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

> R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

^■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci )alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene wherein the (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- 3)fluoroalkyl, or -NH ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents hydroxy, or (Ci )alkoxy, or -N[(Ci- ₄ )alkyl] ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -0-CO-R ⁰⁵ , wherein R ⁰⁵ repesents (Ci- ₄ )alkyl or (Ci )alkoxy;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N[(Ci )alkyl] ₂ (especially -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ ); or

^■ (5-methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyloxy-;

[wherein in particular such group -X ¹ -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -0- CH ₂ -COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -COOH, - NH-CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH- S0 ₂ -cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ - N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-propyl, (5- methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyl-0-CO-, -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CH ₂ -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , - CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH=CH-COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1 -yl];

> -CO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein R ^N3 and R ⁴ independently represent hydrogen, or (wherein preferably at least one of R ³ and R ⁴ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -CO-NR ³ R ⁴ are -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH(CH ₃ ), or -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ ));

> -NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 wherein R ^N5 and R ^N6 independently represent hydrogen or (Ci-4)alkyl (wherein preferably at least one of R ^N5 and R ^N6 represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ are -NH-CO-NH ₂ , -NH-CO-NH-C ₂ H ₅ );

-(CH ₂ )q-HET ¹ , wherein q represents the integer 0, 1 or 2 (especially q is 0, i.e. HET ¹ is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hyd roxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl ) , or 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl);

> HET, wherein HET represents a 5-membered heteroaryl (especially oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl), wherein said 5- membered heteroaryl is unsubstituted, or mono- or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (especially methyl), (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy), -COOH, hydroxy, hydroxy-(Ci-3)alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl), (C3-5)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclopropyl, oxetan-3-yl), or -NR ^N9 R ^N10 wherein R ^N9 and R ^N1 ° independently represent hydrogen, (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), or hydroxy-(C2 )alkyl (especially 2-hydroxy-ethyl); (especially such group HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol- 4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methylamino- [1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-[(2-hydroxy- ethyl)]-amino)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-hydroxymethyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-(oxetan-3-yl)- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl);

^■ R ^m1 represents

> hydrogen;

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 , wherein X ² represents a direkt bond; or X ² represents -O-CH2-CH2-*, wherein the asterisk indicates the bond that is linked to the -NR ^N1 R ^N2 group; and wherein R ^N1 and R ² independently represent hydrogen, (especially methyl), or (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl); (especially such group -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 represents amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino; or 2-(dimethylamino)-ethoxy);

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci_4)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3- 6)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

wherein in a sub-embodiment, R ^m1 especially is different from hydrogen;

^■ R ^m2 represents hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, or chloro; and

^■ R ⁰¹ represents hydrogen; or, in case R ^m2 represents hydrogen, R ⁰¹ represents hydrogen or fluoro; or Ar ¹ represents a 5-membered heteroaryl group of the structure (Ar-I

Y represents CR ⁸ wherein R ⁸ represents especially hydrogen, or halogen (notably fluoro, chloro); or Y represents N;

R ⁷ represents

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

> X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci- ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH2-CH2-), -0-(Ci. ₃ )alkylene- ^* (especially -O-CH2-*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- 3)alkylene- ^* (especially -NH-CH ₂ - ^* , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )- ^* ), -CH=CH-, -NH-CO- ^* , or (C ₃ . ₅ )cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

> R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

^■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci-4)alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene wherein the (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- ₃ )fluoroalkyl, or -NH ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -CO-R ⁰⁴ , wherein R ⁰⁴ repesents hydroxy, or (Ci- ₄ )alkoxy, or -N[(Ci- ₄ )alkyl] ₂ ;

^■ -0-CH ₂ -0-CO-R ⁰⁵ , wherein R ⁰⁵ repesents or (Ci- ₄ )alkoxy;

■ -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N[(Ci- ₄ )alkyl] ₂ (especially -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ ); or

^■ (5-methyl-2-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyloxy-;

[wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -O-CH2- COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ - CO-0-CH ₃ , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ - cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , - CO-0-CH ₂ -CO-N(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-0-CH ₂ -0-CO-propyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo- [1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)-methyl-0-CO-, -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CH ₂ -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, - CH=CH-COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1 -yl];

> -CO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein R ^N3 and R ^N4 independently represent hydrogen, or (wherein preferably at least one of R ³ and R ⁴ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -CO-NR ³ R ⁴ are -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH(CH ₃ ), -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ ));

> -NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 wherein R ^N5 and R ⁶ independently represent hydrogen or (wherein preferably at least one of R ^N5 and R ^N6 represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ are -NH-CO-NH2, -NH-CO-NH-C2H5);

-(CH2)q-HET ¹ , wherein q represents the integer 0, 1 or 2 (especially q is 0, i.e. HET ¹ is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hyd roxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl ) , or 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl);

> HET, wherein HET represents a 5-membered heteroaryl (especially oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl), wherein said 5- membered heteroaryl is unsubstituted, or mono- or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (especially methyl), (Ci )alkoxy (especially methoxy), -COOH, hydroxy, hydroxy-(Ci-3)alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl), (C3-5)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclopropyl, oxetan-3-yl), or -NR ^N9 R ^N10 wherein R ^N9 and R ¹ ° independently represent hydrogen, (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), or (especially 2-hydroxy-ethyl); (especially such group HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol- 4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methylamino- [1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-[(2-hydroxy- ethyl)]-amino)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-hydroxymethyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 5-(oxetan-3-yl)- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl); R ⁶ represents

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 , wherein X ² represents a direkt bond; or X ² represents -O-CH2-CH2-*, wherein the asterisk indicates the bond that is linked to the -NR ^N1 R ^N2 group; and wherein R ^N1 and R ² independently represent hydrogen, or (C3 )cycloalkyl; (especially such group -X ² -NR ^N1 R ^N2 represents amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino; or 2-(dimethylamino)-ethoxy);

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci )alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3- )cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

or Ar ¹ represents 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl (notably 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl; especially indazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, isoquinolinyl, or quinolinyl); wherein said 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl independently is mono-substituted with -(Co- )alkylene-COOR ⁰² wherein R ⁰² repesents hydrogen or (Ci )alkyl (especially methyl) (wherein especially such group -(Co )alkylene-COOR ⁰² is -COOH); (especially such 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl is 3-carboxy- 1 H-indol-6-yl, 4-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 7-carboxy-1 H-indol- 2-yl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl), 6-carboxy-benzofuran-2-yl, 3- carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl, 2-carboxy-benzofuran-5-yl, or 2-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl);

or Ar ¹ represents a group of the structure (Ar-I 11):

(Ar-lll)

which is selected from 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-6-yl, 3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-5-yl, 1- methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indazol-6-yl, 2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1-methyl-2-oxo-1 , 2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1-oxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl, 1-methyl-2-oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinazolin-7-yl, and 1-oxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl. wherein in a sub-embodiment, Ar ¹ especially is a phenyl group of the structure (Ar-I) (wherein in particular R ^m1 especially is different from hydrogen), or a 5-membered heteroaryl group of the structure (Ar-ll), as defined herein above.

6) Another embodiment relates to compounds defined in embodiment 4), for use according to embodiment 1), wherein Ar ¹ represents

(i) a phenyl group of the structure (Ar-I):

(Ar-I) wherein

^■ R ^p represents

> (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom, wherein said (C4-6)cycloalkyl containing a ring oxygen atom is unsubstituted or mono-substituted with hydroxy (especially 3-hydroxy-oxetan-3-yl);

> hydroxy;

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

> X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci. ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH ₂ - CH ₂ -), -0-(Ci. ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -0-CH ₂ -*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*), -CH=CH-, -NH-CO-*, or (C ₃ . 5)cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

> R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci )alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene wherein the (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, or -NH ₂ ; [wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -0- CH ₂ -COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -COOH, - CO-NH-S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-

NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , CH ₂ -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CH ₂ -CH ₂ - COOH, -CH=CH-COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , 1 - carboxy-cyclopropan-1-yl];

N ^0H

' NH ₂ .

> 2-hydroxy-3,4-dioxo-cyclobut-1 -enyl;

> -CO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein R ^N3 and R ⁴ independently represent hydrogen, or (Ci-4)alkyl, (wherein preferably at least one of R ³ and R ⁴ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -CO-NR ³ R ⁴ are -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH(CH ₃ ), or -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ ));

> -NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 wherein R ^N5 and R ^N6 independently represent hydrogen or (Ci-4)alkyl (wherein preferably at least one of R ⁵ and R ⁶ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ are -NH-CO-NH ₂ , -NH-CO-NH-C ₂ H ₅ );

> HET ¹ , wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl), or 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hydroxy-[1 ,2 ,4]oxad iazol-5-yl ) ; > HET, wherein HET represents a 5-membered heteroaryl selected from oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl, wherein said 5-membered heteroaryl is unsubstituted, or mono- or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (especially methyl), (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy), -COOH, hydroxy, hydroxy-(Ci-3)alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl), (C3-s)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclopropyl, oxetan-3-yl), or -NR ^N9 R ^N10 wherein R ^N9 and R ¹ ° independently represent hydrogen, (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), or hydroxy-(C2 )alkyl (especially 2-hydroxy-ethyl); [especially such group HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol- 4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methylamino- [1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl; in particular HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hyd roxy-i soxazol -5-y 1 , 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, or 5- amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl];

^■ R ^m1 represents

> hydrogen;

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy;

> hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci_4)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3- 6)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

wherein in a sub-embodiment, R ^m1 especially is different from hydrogen;

^■ R ^m2 represents hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, or chloro; and

^■ R ⁰¹ represents hydrogen;

(ii) or Ar ¹ represents a 5-membered heteroaryl group of the structure (Ar-ll):

(Ar-ll) Y represents CH or N;

R ⁷ represents

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

> X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci- ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH2-CH2-), -0-(Ci. ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -O-CH2-*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- 3)alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*), -CH=CH-, -NH-CO-*, or (C ₃ . ₅ )cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

> R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

^■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci-4)alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene wherein the (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- ₃ )fluoroalkyl, or -NH ₂ ;

[wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -O-CH2- COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -COOH, -CO-NH- S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , - CH ₂ -COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , CH ₂ -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH=CH- COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1 -yl];

> 2-hydroxy-3,4-dioxo-cyclobut-1 -enyl;

> -CO-NR ^N3 R ^N4 wherein R ^N3 and R ⁴ independently represent hydrogen, or (wherein preferably at least one of R ³ and R ⁴ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -CO-NR ³ R ⁴ are -CO-NH ₂ , -CO-NH(CH ₃ ), or -CO-NH(C ₂ H ₅ );

> -NH-CO-NR ^N5 R ^N6 wherein R ^N5 and R ⁶ independently represent hydrogen or (wherein preferably at least one of R ⁵ and R ⁶ represents hydrogen; and wherein particular examples of such group -NH-CO-NR ⁵ R ⁶ are -NH-CO-NH ₂ , -NH-CO-NH-C ₂ H ₅ );

-(CH ₂ )q-HET ¹ , wherein q represents the integer 0, 1 or 2 (especially q is 0, i.e. HET ¹ is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl), 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hydroxy-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl);

-(CH ₂ ) _P -HET, wherein p represents the integer 0 or 1 (especially p is 0, i.e. HET is linked to Ar ¹ by a direct bond); and wherein HET represents a 5-membered heteroaryl selected from oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl, wherein said 5-membered heteroaryl is unsubstituted, or mono- or di-substituted, wherein the substituents are independently selected from (especially methyl), (Ci )alkoxy (especially methoxy), -COOH, hydroxy, hydroxy-(Ci-3)alkyl (especially hydroxymethyl), (C3-

5) cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclopropyl, oxetan-3-yl), or - N RN9RM0 wherein R ^N9 and R ¹ ° independently represent hydrogen, (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), or hydroxy-(C2 )alkyl (especially 2-hydroxy-ethyl); [especially such group HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3- hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5- amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-methylamino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 1 H-imidazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-1 H- imidazol-4-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl; in particular HET is 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol- 5-yl, 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, or 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl];

^■ R ⁶ represents

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> hydroxy;

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy);

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci_4)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3-

6) cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

(iii) or Ar ¹ represents 3-carboxy-1 H-indol-6-yl, 4-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-carboxy-1 H- indol-2-yl, 7-carboxy-1 H-indol-2-yl, 5-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl, 6-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-indol-2-yl), 6- carboxy-benzofuran-2-yl, 3-carboxy-benzofuran-6-yl, 2-carboxy-benzofuran-5-yl, or 2-carboxy-benzofuran-6- yi;

(iv) or Ar ¹ represents a group of the structure (Ar-lll):

(Ar-lll)

wherein ring (B) represents 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-6-yl, 3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazol-5- yl, 1 -methyl-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indazol-6-yl, 2-oxo- 1 ,2 ,3 ,4-tetrahydro-q u i nazol i n-6-y 1 , 1 -methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinazolin-6-yl, 1 -oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-6-yl, 1 -methyl-2-oxo-1 , 2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinazolin-7-yl, or 1 -oxo-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-7-yl; wherein in a sub-embodiment, Ar ¹ especially is a phenyl group of the structure (Ar-I) (wherein in particular R ^m1 especially is different from hydrogen), or a 5-membered heteroaryl group of the structure (Ar-ll), as defined herein above.

7) Another embodiment relates to compounds defined in embodiment 4), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein Ar ¹ represents a group selected from:

A)

wherein each of the groups A) and B) forms a particular sub-embodiment;

wherein in a further sub-embodiment, Ar ¹ especially is a phenyl group (in particular a di-substituted phenyl group), or a thiophenyl group, or a thiazolyl group, as defined in groups A) and/or B) herein above.

8) Another embodiment relates to compounds defined in embodiment 4), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein

(i) Ar ¹ represents a phenyl group selected from:

(iii) or Ar ¹ represents a thiazolyl group selected from:

Ar ¹ represents 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl selected from ¹ represents a group selected from:

wherein in a sub-embodiment, Ar ¹ especially is a phenyl group (in particular a di-substituted phenyl group), or a thiophenyl group, or a thiazolyl group, as defined herein above.

9) Another embodiment relates to compounds defined in embodiment 4), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein

(i) Ar ¹ represents a phenyl group selected from:

a)

wherein in the above groups di-substituted phenyl groups are preferred groups.

(ii) or Ar ¹ represents a thiophenyl group selected from:

a

b)

OH

(v) ¹ represents a group selected from:

wherein in a sub-embodiment, Ar ¹ especially is a phenyl group (in particular a di-substituted phenyl group), or a thiophenyl group, or a thiazolyl group, as defined herein above.

10) A second embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 9), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein R ³ represents hydrogen.

11 ) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 9), for use according to embodiment 1 ), wherein R ³ represents methyl.

12) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 9), wherein the characteristics defined for the fragment

(

according to embodiments 14), or 16) to 20) below apply mutatis mutandis.

13) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 9), wherein the characteristics defined for the substituent Ar ¹ according to embodiments 14) or 15) below apply mutatis mutandis. 14) A third aspect of the invention relates to novel compounds of the formula (III)

Formula (III)

wherein in compounds of the formula (III), ring (A) in the fragment:

(

represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring or a non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring, which ring (A) is fused to the phenyl group, wherein independently said ring (A) optionally contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (notably such fused group is benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[b]thiophenyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1 ,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, indanyl, 5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-naphthalenyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, chromanyl, 3 ,4-d i hydro-2H -benzo[1 ,4]oxazi nyl , 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolinyl);

wherein said fragment is optionally substituted with (R ¹ ) _n ; wherein (R ¹ ) _n represents one, two, three, or four optional substituents (i.e. said fragment is unsubstituted, or substituted with one, two, three, or four R ¹ ), wherein said substituents R ¹ are independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), (C2-3)alkenyl (especially vinyl), (C2-3)alkynyl (especially ethynyl), (Ci-3)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy), halogen (especially fluoro, or chloro), -S-(Ci_3)alkyl (especially methylsulfanyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy), cyano, oxo, or amino;

and Ar ¹ represents

a phenyl group of the structure (Ar-I):

(Ar-I)

wherein ^■ R ^p represents

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

> X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci- ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH ₂ - CH ₂ -), -0-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -O-CH2-*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene-* (especially -NH-CH ₂ -*, -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-*), -CH=CH-, -NH-CO-*, or (C ₃ . 5)cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

> R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

^■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci )alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene wherein the (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- 3)fluoroalkyl, or -NH ₂ ;

[wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -0- CH ₂ -COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -COOH, - NH-CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH- S0 ₂ -cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CH ₂ - CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH=CH-COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1 -yl];

> HET ¹ , wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hyd roxy-[ 1 , 2 ,4]oxad iazol-3-y I ) , or 3-oxo-2 ,3-d i hyd ro-[1 ,2 ,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hyd roxy-[ 1 , 2 ,4]oxad iazol-5-yl ) ; or

> HET, wherein HET represents a group selected from 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2- hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol- 2-yl, 5-methylamino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl; especially HET is 1 H- tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, or 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl;

^■ R ^m1 represents

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy);

> (Ci- ₃ )fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci- ₃ )fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-thfluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy-(C ₂ )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy); or > -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci_4)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C ₃ . 6)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl);

^■ R ^m2 represents hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, or chloro; and

■ R ⁰¹ represents hydrogen;

or Ar ¹ represents a 5-membered heteroaryl group of the structure (Ar-ll):

(Ar-ll)

wherein

■ Y represents CH or N;

^■ R ⁷ represents

> -X -CO-R ⁰¹ , wherein

> X ¹ represents a direct bond, (Ci- ₃ )alkylene (especially -CH ₂ -, -CH(CH ₃ )-, -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -, -CH2-CH2-), -0-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene- ^* (especially -O-CH2-*, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-*, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -*, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -*), -NH-(Ci- 3)alkylene- ^* (especially -NH-CH ₂ - ^* , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )- ^* ), -CH=CH-, -NH-CO- ^* , or (C ₃ . ₅ )cycloalkylene; wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the -CO-R ⁰¹ group; and

> R ⁰¹ represents

^■ -OH;

^■ -0-(Ci )alkyl (especially ethoxy, methoxy);

^■ -NH-S0 ₂ -R ^S3 wherein R ^S3 represents (Ci-4)alkyl, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl wherein the (C ₃ .

6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl-(Ci- ₃ )alkylene wherein the (C ₃ -6)cycloalkyl optionally contains a ring oxygen atom, (Ci- ₃ )fluoroalkyl, or -NH ₂ ;

[wherein in particular such group -X -CO-R ⁰¹ represents -COOH, -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -O-CH2- COOH, -0-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -0-C(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -0-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ -COOH, -NH-CH ₂ - CO-0-CH ₃ , -NH-CH(CH ₃ )-COOH, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -CH ₃ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C(CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ - cyclopropyl, -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -C ₂ H ₅ , -CO-NH-S0 ₂ -NH ₂ , -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH ₂ -CO-0-CH ₃ , -CH ₂ -CO-0-C ₂ H ₅ , -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -COOH, -CH=CH-COOH, -NH-CO-COOH, 1 -carboxy-cyclopropan-1 -yl];

> HET ¹ , wherein HET ¹ represents 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 5-hyd roxy-[ 1 , 2 ,4]oxad iazol-3-y I ) , or 3-oxo-2 ,3-d i hyd ro-[ 1 ,2 ,4]oxadiazol-5-yl (encompassing its tautomeric form 3-hyd roxy-[ 1 , 2 ,4]oxad iazol-5-yl ) ; or > HET, wherein HET represents a group selected from 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, 2- hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl, 3-amino-isoxazol-5-yl, 2-amino-oxazol-5-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol- 2-yl, 5-methylamino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl, 5-amino-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl; especially HET is 1 H- tetrazol-5-yl, 3-hydroxy-isoxazol-5-yl, or 2-hydroxy-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-4-yl;

^■ R ⁶ represents

> (Ci-e)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl);

> (Ci-4)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl);

> (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-thfluoroethoxy);

> halogen (especially fluoro or chloro);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl (especially cyclopropyl);

> (C3-6)cycloalkyl-oxy (especially cyclopropyl-oxy, cyclobutyl-oxy, cyclopentyl-oxy);

> hydroxy-(C2 )alkoxy (especially 2-hydroxy-ethoxy); or

> -S-R ^S2 wherein R ^S2 represents (Ci_4)alkyl (especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl), (C3- 6)cycloalkyl optionally containing one ring oxygen atom (especially cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl).

) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 13), for use according embodiment 1 ), and to compounds according to embodiment 14), wherein Ar ¹ represents a group selected from

) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 13), for use according e and to compounds according to embodiments 14) or 15), wherein in the fragment

^■ ring (A) represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring fused to the phenyl group, wherein said ring (A) optionally contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (notably such fused group is benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl); wherein said fragment is optionally substituted with (R ¹ ) _n ; wherein (R ¹ ) _n represents one, two, three, or four optional substituents (i.e. said fragment is unsubstituted, or substituted with one, two, three, or four R ¹ ), wherein said substituents R ¹ are independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), (Ci-3)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy), halogen (especially fluoro, chloro, bromo), (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy), cyano, or amino;

^■ or ring (A) represents a non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered ring fused to the phenyl group, wherein said ring (A) optionally contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (notably such fused group is 2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1 ,3-dihydro- isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, indanyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalenyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolinyl; especially benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1 ,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- quinolinyl); wherein said fragment is optionally substituted with (R ¹ ) _n ; wherein (R ¹ ) _n represents one, two, or three optional substituents (i.e. said fragment is unsubstituted, or substituted with one, two, or three R ¹ ), wherein said substituents R ¹ are independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), (Ci-3)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy), halogen (especially fluoro, or chloro), (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy), or oxo (in particular (Ci-3)alkyl or (Ci-3)alkoxy).

17) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 13), for use according to embodiment 1), and to compounds according to embodiments 14) or 15), wherein the fragment

represents

^■ a group selected from benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, and isoquinolinyl; which group independently is unsubstituted or substituted with (R ¹ ) _n ; wherein (R ¹ ) _n represents one, two, or three substituents, wherein said substituents R ¹ are independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), (Ci-3)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy), halogen (especially fluoro, chloro, bromo), (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy), cyano, or amino; or

^■ a group selected from 2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1 ,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, indanyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalenyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolinyl; especially benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 1 ,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolinyl (especially benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolinyl); which group independently is unsubstituted, or substituted with (R ¹ ) _n ; wherein (R ¹ ) _n represents one, two, or three substituents, wherein said substituents R ¹ are independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl (especially methyl), (Ci-3)alkoxy (especially methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy), halogen (especially fluoro, or chloro), (Ci-3)fluoroalkyl (especially trifluoromethyl), (Ci-3)fluoroalkoxy (especially trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy), or oxo (in particular (Ci-3)alkyl or (Ci-3)alkoxy).

18) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1) to 13), for use according to embodiment 1 ), and to compounds according to embodiments 14) or 15), wherein the fragment

represents a group selected from the following groups a), b), c), and d): a) benzothiophen-7-yl, benzothiophen-4-yl, 2-methyl-benzothiazol-7-yl, benzofuran-7-yl, benzofuran-4-yl, 2- methyl-benzofuran-7-yl, 1 H-indol-7-yl, 1 H-indol-4-yl, 2-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl, 1 -methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl, 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-4-yl, 1 ,2-dimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl, 1 ,2,3-trimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl, 1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl;

b) benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl, 5-methoxy-benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl, 5-ethoxy-benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl, 5-methoxy-2,3- dihydro-benzofuran-4-yl, 6-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-5-yl;

c) naphthalen-1 -yl, 4-chlorc-naphthalen-1 -yl, 4-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-bromo- naphthalen-1 -yl, 2-methyl-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-methyl-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2-amino-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2,3-dimethyl- naphthalen-1 -yl, 2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 3-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2- cyano-naphthalen-1 -yl, 4-cyano-naphthalen-1 -yl, 4-difluoromethyl-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2-difluoromethyl- naphthalen-1 -yl, 2-ethoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2,5-dimethoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2,3-dimethoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2- n-propoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2-isopropoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2-difluoromethoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl; and d) quinolin-8-yl, 7-chloro-quinolin-8-yl, 6-methyl-quinolin-5-yl, 7-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl, 6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl, 2-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl, 6-fluoro-2-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl, 7-fluoro-2- methoxy-quinolin-8-yl, 7-methoxy-4-methyl-q ui nol in-8-yl , 6-methoxy-2-methyl-quinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-8-yl, isoquinolin-5-yl, 6-methyl-isoquinolin-5-yl;

or said fragment represents a group selected from the following groups e), f) and g)

e) 6-fluoro-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl, 5-methoxy-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl, 4-bromo-1-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl, 1 ,5- dimethyl- H-indol-4-yl, 5-ethoxy-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl, 6-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl, 5-methoxy-1- methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl;

f) 5-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl, 3-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-bromo-naphthalen-1 -yl, 5-methyl-naphthalen-1 -yl, 2- bromo-4-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl; and

g) quinolin-5-yl;

wherein the groups a) to d) together, and the groups e) to g) together each form a particular sub-embodiment.

19) Another embodiment relates to compounds as defined in any one of embodiments 1 ) to 13), for use according to embodiment 1 ), and to compounds according to embodiments 14) or 15), wherein the fragment

represents

represents a group selected from the following groups a), b), c), and d):

a) benzothiophen-7-yl, benzothiophen-4-yl, benzofuran-7-yl2-methyl-benzofuran-7-yl, 1 H-indol-4-yl, 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-7-yl, 1 -methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl, 1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl; b) 5-ethoxy-benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl, 5-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-4-yl;

c) naphthalen-1-yl, 4-chloro-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-bromo- naphthalen-1-yl, 2-methyl-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-methyl-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-amino-naphthalen-1-yl, 2,3-dimethyl- naphthalen-1-yl, 2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 3-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 2- cyano-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-cyano-naphthalen-1-yl, 4-difluoromethyl-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-ethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 2,3-dimethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-n-propoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 2-isopropoxy-naphthalen-1-yl, 2- difluoromethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl;

d) 6-methyl-quinolin-5-yl, 6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-5-yl.

20) The invention, thus, relates to compounds of the formula (I) as defined in embodiment 1) for use according to embodiment 1), or to such compounds further limited by the characteristics of any one of embodiments 2) to 19), under consideration of their respective dependencies; to pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; and to the use of such compounds according to embodiment 1), and as further described herein below. For avoidance of any doubt, especially the following embodiments relating to the compounds of formula (I) are thus possible and intended and herewith specifically disclosed in individualized form:

1, 4+1, 5+4+1, 6+4+1, 7+4+1, 8+4+1, 9+4+1, 10+4+1, 10+5+4+1, 10+6+4+1, 10+7+4+1, 10+8+4+1, 10+9+4+1, 16+4+1, 16+5+4+1, 16+6+4+1, 16+7+4+1, 16+8+4+1, 16+9+4+1, 16+10+4+1, 16+10+5+4+1, 16+10+6+4+1, 16+10+7+4+1, 16+10+8+4+1, 16+10+9+4+1, 17+4+1, 17+5+4+1, 17+6+4+1, 17+7+4+1, 17+8+4+1, 17+9+4+1, 17+10+4+1, 17+10+5+4+1, 17+10+6+4+1, 17+10+7+4+1, 17+10+8+4+1, 17+10+9+4+1, 18+4+1, 18+5+4+1, 18+6+4+1, 18+7+4+1, 18+8+4+1, 18+9+4+1, 18+10+4+1, 18+10+5+4+1, 18+10+6+4+1, 18+10+7+4+1, 18+10+8+4+1, 18+10+9+4+1, 19+4+1, 19+5+4+1, 19+6+4+1, 19+7+4+1, 19+8+4+1, 19+9+4+1, 19+10+4+1, 19+10+5+4+1, 19+10+6+4+1, 19+10+7+4+1, 19+10+8+4+1, 19+10+9+4+1.

In the list above the numbers refer to the embodiments according to their numbering provided hereinabove whereas "+" indicates the dependency from another embodiment. The different individualized embodiments are separated by commas. In other words, "19+9+4+1" for example refers to embodiment 19) depending on embodiment 9), depending on embodiment 4), depending on embodiment 1), i.e. embodiment "19+9+4+1" corresponds to the compounds of formula (I) as defined in embodiment 1) for use according to embodiment 1), further limited by all the structural features of the embodiments 4), 9), and 19).

21) The invention, thus, further relates to compounds of the formula (III) as defined in embodiment 14), or to such compounds further limited by the characteristics of any one of embodiments 15) to 19), under consideration of their respective dependencies; to pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; and to the use of such compounds as medicaments especially in the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of diseases which respond to the blockage of the EP2 receptors and/or the EP4 receptors as described herein below. For avoidance of any doubt, especially the following embodiments relating to the compounds of formula (III) are thus possible and intended and herewith specifically disclosed in individualized form: 14, 15+14, 16+14, 16+15+14, 17+14, 17+15+14, 18+14, 18+15+14, 19+14, 19+15+14.

In the list above the numbers refer to the embodiments according to their numbering provided hereinabove whereas "+" indicates the dependency from another embodiment. The different individualized embodiments are separated by commas. In other words, "19+15+14" for example refers to embodiment 19) depending on embodiment 15), depending on embodiment 14), i.e. embodiment "19+15+14" corresponds to the compounds of formula (III) according to embodiment 14) further limited by all the features of the embodiments 15), and 19).

22) Another embodiment relates to compounds of formula (I) as defined in embodiment 1 ) for use according to embodiment 1 ) which are selected from the following compounds:

[2-(6-Methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethyl]-[6-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2 H-[1 ,2']bipyridinyl-4'-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-amine;

[2-(1 ,5-Dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(6-quinolin-6-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-amin e; and

[2-(1 ,5-Dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(6-isoquinolin-7-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-a mine.

23) Another embodiment relates to compounds of formula (II) as defined in embodiment 4) which are selected from the following compounds:

3-Hydroxy -(4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]^yrimidin-4 -yl}-phenyl)-cyclobut-3-ene-1 ,2-dione; 2-{6-[2-(2-Methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4- yl}-1 H-indole-4-carboxylic acid;

2-{6-[2-(2-Methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4- yl}-1 H-indole-5-carboxylic acid;

2-{6-[2-(2-Methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4- yl}-1 H-indole-6-carboxylic acid;

5-(4-{6-[2-(6-Methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4 -yl}-phenyl)-isoxazol-3-ol [tautomeric form: 5-(4-(6-((2-

(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl )isoxazol-3(2H)-one];

5-(4-{6-[2-(2-Methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimi din -yl}-phenyl)-isoxazol-3-ol [tautomeric form: 5-(4-(6-

((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)isoxazol-3(2H)-one];

2- Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimid in-4-yl}-phenol; and

{6-[4-(5-Amino-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-pyrimidin -yl}-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethyl]-amin

24) In addition to the compounds listed in embodiment 23), further compounds of formula (II) as defined in embodiment 4), are selected from the following compounds:

3- (2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen^-yl)-ethylamino]-pyhmidin-4-yl} -phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazole-5(4H)- thione [tautomeric form: 3-(2-ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazole-5-thiol]; and

3-(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-y l}-benzyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-y l}-benzyl)- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-ol].

25) Another embodiment relates to compounds of formula (III) according to embodiment 14), which are selected from the following compounds:

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methyl-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyri midin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(6-methyl-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]^yri midin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid; 3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thioph acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-[6-(2-naphthalen-1 -yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid;

5-{6-[2-(2-Bromo-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylami^ acid;

5-{6-[2-(2,3-Dimethyl-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-thioph acid; 3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-2-methyl-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylami no]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thi acid;

5-{6 2-(2,3 imethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]^yrimidin -yl}-3-ethoxy hiophene-2-carb acid;

5-{6-[2-(7-Chloro-quinolin-8-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4- yl}-3-ethoxy-thiophene-2-car^^ acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(4-methyl-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyri midin-4-yl}-thiophene-2 acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(4-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-ca^^^ acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carbox ylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carbox ylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-ethoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene^ acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1 ,2,3-trimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carbox ylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-isopropoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamin o]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-^^ acid; 5-{6-[2-(2-Difluoromethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyri midin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-th acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(5-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran -yl)-ethylamino]^yrimidin -yl} hioph

acid;

5-[6-(2-Benzofuran-7-yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-3-ethoxy -thiophene-2-carboxylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-propoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-car^^ acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carbox ylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(3-methoxy-naphthalen4 -yl)-ethyta^ acid; 3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(5-methoxy-benzo[1 ,3]dioxol -yl)-ethyl^^

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(5-ethoxy-benzo[1 ,3]dioxol -yl)-ethylamm^^ acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(4-methoxy-naphthalen4 -yl)-ethyta^ acid; 5-{6-[2-(4-Chloro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-thiophene acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrim idin-4-yl}-thiophene-^^ acid;

5-{6-[2-(2-Cyano-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl }-3-ethoxy-thiophene-2-car^^ acid;

5-{6-[2-(4-Cyano-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl }-3-ethoxy-thiophene-2-ca acid;

5-{6-[2-(4-Difluoromethyl-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-th acid; 3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methyl-benzofuran-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyri midin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-car^ acid;

5-{6-[2-(2-Amino-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-thiophen acid;

5-{6-[2-(1 ,5-Dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-thiophe ne-2-carboxylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5- 6-[2-(6-methyl-isoquinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl} -thiophen acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-car^^ acid;

5-[6-(2-Benzo[b]thiophen-7-yl-ethylamino)^yrimidin-4-yl]- 3-ethoxy-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid;

5-[6-(2-Benzo[b]thiophen -yl-ethylamino)^yrimidin-4-yl]-3-ethoxy-thiophene-2-carboxyl ic acid; (E)-3-(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -y acid;

2- Butoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -yl}-benzoic acid;

4- {6-[2-(2-Methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl }-2-propyl-benzoic acid;

{6-[3-Ethoxy-4-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-phenyl]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-[2-(2-methoxy-napht halen-1 -yl)-ethyl]-ami

3-(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethy^

[tautomeric form: 3-(2-ethoxy-4-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)p yrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)-1 ,2,4- oxadiazol-5-ol];

3- (3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-py rimidin-4-yl}-thiophen acid; N-(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -yl}-phenyl)-oxalamic acid^

3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)-N-sulfamoylth

N-(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thioph

methanesulfonamide;

3-(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-ylHhiophen-2-yl^

[tautomeric form: 3-(5-(6-((2-(1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-ethoxythiophen-2- yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5- ol];

3-(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thioph

5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)p yrimidin-4-yl)thiophen-

2- yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol];

3- {3-Ethoxy-5-[6-(2-quinolin-8-yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidin-4-yl]- thiophen-2-yl}-[1 ,2 [tautomeric form: 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(quinolin-8-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4- yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol];

3-(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(4-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thioph

5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(4-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)p yrimidin-4-yl)thiophen-

2- yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol];

3- (3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyri midin-4-yl}-thioph ,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)- one [tautomeric form: 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)amino)pyr imidin-4-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-

1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol];

3- (3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1 H-indol-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-ylHhiophen-2-y

[tautomeric form: 3-(5-(6-((2-(1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-ethoxythiophen-2- yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5- ol];

3-{3-Ethoxy-5-[6-(2-isoquinolin-5-yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidi n-4-yl]-thiophen-2 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)-one

[tautomeric form: 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(isoquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin -4-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-

5- ol];

{6-[4-Ethoxy-5-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-thiophen-2-yl]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-[2-(6-methox y-quinolin-5-yl)-et _^ ^

4- Ethoxy-2 6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiazo acid; 3-(4-Ethoxy-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen^^

one [tautomeric form: 3-(4-ethoxy-2-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol];

5-{6-[2-(6-Methoxy-1-methyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl} -3-trifluor^ thiophene-2-carboxylic acid;

3- (2-Hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen4-yl)-e ^

acid.

26) In addition to the compounds listed in embodiment 25), further compounds of formula (III) according to embodiment 14), are selected from the following compounds:

2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -yl}-benzoic acid;

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

2-Ethoxy-4-[6-(2-naphthalen-1 -yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzoic acid;

4- {6-[2-(2-Bromo-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -yl}-2-ethoxy-benzoic acid;

2- Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(4-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-ethoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

3- Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(7-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimid in-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid;

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carbox ylic acid;

3- Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1 H-indol-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-carbox ylic acid;

5- {6-[2-(1 ,2-Dimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-thiophene -2-carboxylic acid;

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamin o]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

4- {6-[2-(2-Cyano-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-2-ethoxy-benzoic acid;

5- {6-[2-(6-Methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}- 3-tnfluorometh acid; (2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(6-methyl-isoquinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-py rimidin-4-yl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;

2- Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

3- (2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-py rimidin-4-yl}-phenoxy)-propionic acid;

2-lsobutyl-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino ]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

2-Fluoro-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-6-propyl-benzoic acid;

2-Butoxy-6-fluoro -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-y l}-benzoic acid;

2-Difluoromethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-eth ylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophen-2-yl)-acetic acid;

4- Ethyl-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid; and 2-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxy)4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethy lamino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-benzoic acid.

27) In addition to the compounds listed in embodiments 25) and 26), further compounds of formula (III) according to embodiment 14), are selected from the following compounds:

5- {6-[2-(2,5-Dimethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin4 -yl}-3-ethoxy-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid; 2- Ethylsulfanyl-4-{6-[2-(4-methyl-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin acid; and

3- {3-Ethoxy-5-[6-(2-isoquinolin-8-yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidin^-yl ]-thiophen-2-yl}-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)-one

[tautomeric form: 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(isoquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin -4-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-ol].

28) In addition to the compounds listed in embodiments 25) to 27), further compounds of formula (III) according to embodiment 14), are selected from the following compounds:

4- {6-[2-(4-Bromo-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -yl}-2-ethoxy-benzoic acid;

5- {6-[2-(2-Cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamin o]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-3-ethoxy-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid;

4-{6-[2-(6-Methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-2-methylsulfanyl-b enzoic acid;

4-{6-[2-(4-Bromo-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -yl}-2-methylsulfanyl-benzoic acid;

(2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(5-methyl-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;

2- Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(5-methoxy-benzo[b]thiophen -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

3- (4-Ethyl-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen4-yl)-ethylam

[tautomeric form: 3-(4-ethyl-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-p yrimidin-4-yl}-thiazol-5-yl)- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-ol]; and

4- {6-[2-(5-Methyl-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl} -2-methylsulfanyl-benzoic acid.

29) In addition to the compounds listed in embodiments 25) to 28), further compounds of formula (III) according to embodiment 14), are selected from the following compounds:

(2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(5-fluoro-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]- pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;

(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(5-methoxy4 -methyl4 H-indol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;

2- Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(5-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

3- {3-Ethoxy-5-[6-(2-quinolin-5-yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidin-4-yl]- thiophen-2-yl}-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-ol [tautomeric form:

3- (3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(quinolin-5-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl )thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5(4H)-one];

(2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(5-methoxy-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)-ethyl amino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;

4- {6-[2-(5-Fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-2-methylsulfanyl-benzoic acid;

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

2-Ethoxy4-{6-[2-(5-methyl-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-py rimidin4-yl}-benzoic acid;

(2-Ethoxy4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;

2-Ethoxy4-{6-[2-(5-ethoxy-benzo[b]thiophen4-yl)-ethylamin o]-pyrimidin4-yl}-benzoic acid;

2-Ethoxy4-{6-[2-(5-methoxy-1-methyl-1 H-indol4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-benzoic acid;

4-{6-[2-(5-Methoxy-benzo[b]thiophen4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimid in4-yl}-2-methylsulfanyl-benzoic acid;

4-{6-[2-(5-Ethoxy-benzo[b]thiophen4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidi n4-yl}-2-methylsulfanyl-benzoic acid;

2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-ethoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid;

4-{6-[2-(1 ,5-Dimethyl-1 H-indol4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-2-methylsulfanyl-ben zoic acid; and

4-{6-[2-(5-Methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin4-yl}-2-methylsulfanyl-ben zoic acid. The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to embodiments 1 ) to 29) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be used as medicaments, e.g. in the form of pharmaceutical compositions for enteral (such especially oral e.g. in form of a tablet or a capsule) or parenteral administration (including topical application or inhalation).

The production of the pharmaceutical compositions can be effected in a manner which will be familiar to any person skilled in the art (see for example Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st Edition (2005), Part 5, "Pharmaceutical Manufacturing" [published by Lippincott Williams & Wilkins]) by bringing the described compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, optionally in combination with other therapeutically valuable substances, into a galenical administration form together with suitable, non-toxic, inert, therapeutically compatible solid or liquid carrier materials and, if desired, usual pharmaceutical adjuvants.

The present invention also relates to a method for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or disorder mentioned herein comprising administering to a subject a pharmaceutically active amount of a compound of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to embodiments 1 ) to 29).

In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the administered amount is comprised between 1 mg and 2000 mg per day, particularly between 5 mg and 1000 mg per day, more particularly between 25 mg and 500 mg per day, especially between 50 mg and 200 mg per day.

Whenever the word "between" is used to describe a numerical range, it is to be understood that the end points of the indicated range are explicitly included in the range. For example: if a temperature range is described to be between 40 °C and 80 °C, this means that the end points 40 °C and 80 °C are included in the range; or if a variable is defined as being an integer between 1 and 4, this means that the variable is the integer 1 , 2, 3, or 4.

Unless used regarding temperatures, the term "about" placed before a numerical value "X" refers in the current application to an interval extending from X minus 10% of X to X plus 10% of X, and preferably to an interval extending from X minus 5% of X to X plus 5% of X. In the particular case of temperatures, the term "about" placed before a temperature Ύ" refers in the current application to an interval extending from the temperature Y minus 10 °C to Y plus 10 °C, and preferably to an interval extending from Y minus 5 °C to Y plus 5 °C.

For avoidance of any doubt, if compounds are described as useful for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of certain diseases, such compounds are likewise suitable for use in the preparation of a medicament for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of said diseases. Likewise, such compounds are also suitable in a method for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of such diseases, comprising administering to a subject (mammal, especially human) in need thereof, an effective amount of such compound.

The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to embodiments 1 ) to 29) are useful for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of disorders relating to the EP2 and/or EP4 receptors.

Certain compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to embodiments 1 ) to 29) exhibit their biological activity as modulators of the prostaglandin 2 receptors EP2 and/or EP4 in a biological environment, (i.e. in the presence of one or more enzymes capable of breaking a covalent bond linked to a carbonyl group such as an amidase, an esterase or any suitable equivalent thereof capable of removing a prodrug group from a carboxylic acid group.

Diseases or disorders relating to the EP2 and/or EP4 receptors are especially

• cancer (notably melanoma including metastatic melanoma; lung cancer including non-small cell lung cancer; bladder cancer including urinary bladder cancer, urothelial cell carcinoma; renal carcinomas including renal cell carcinoma, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, metastatic renal clear cell carcinoma; gastro-intestinal cancers including colorectal cancer, metastatic colorectal cancer, familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP), oesophageal cancer, gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, and pancreatic cancer such as pancreatic adenocarcinoma or pancreatic ductal carcinoma; endometrial cancer; ovarian cancer; cervical cancer; neuroblastoma; prostate cancer including castrate-resistant prostate cancer; brain tumors including brain metastases, malignant gliomas, glioblastoma multiforme, medulloblastoma, meningiomas; breast cancer including triple negative breast carcinoma; oral tumors; nasopharyngeal tumors; thoracic cancer; head and neck cancer; leukemias including acute myeloid leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia; carcinomas; adenocarcinomas; thyroid carcinoma including papillary thyroid carcinoma; choriocarcinoma; Ewing's sarcoma; osteosarcoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; lymphoma including Burkitt's lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, MALT lymphoma; multiple myelomas; and virally induced tumors; especially melanoma; lung cancer; bladder cancer; renal carcinomas; gastro-intestinal cancers; endometrial cancer; ovarian cancer; cervical cancer; and neuroblastoma);

as well as further diseases or disorders relating to the EP2 and/or EP4 receptors such as:

• pain (notably inflammatory pain and painful menstruation);

• endometriosis;

• autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease;

• acute ischemic syndromes in atherosclerotic patients;

· pneumonia; and

• neurodegenerative diseases including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, stroke; Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease and HIV associated dementia;

• and EP2 and/or EP4 antagonists may further be used to control female fertility.

The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to any one of embodiments 1 ) to 29) are in particular useful as therapeutic agents for the prevention / prophylaxis or treatment of a cancer. They can be used as single therapeutic agents or in combination with one or more chemotherapy agents and / or radiotherapy and / or targeted therapy. Such combined treatment may be effected simultaneously, separately, or over a period of time.

The invention, thus, also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier material, and:

· a compound of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to any one of embodiments 1 ) to 29); • and one or more cytotoxic chemotherapy agents.

The invention, thus, further relates to a kit comprising

• a pharmaceutical composition, said composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier material, and:

> a compound of formulae (I), (II), or (III) according to any one of embodiments 1 ) to 29);

• and instructions how to use said pharmaceutical composition for the prevention / prophylaxis or the treatment of a cancer, in combination with chemotherapy and / or radiotherapy and / or targeted therapy.

The terms "radiotherapy" or "radiation therapy" or "radiation oncology", refer to the medical use of ionizing radiation in the prevention / prophylaxis (adjuvant therapy) and / or treatment of cancer; including external and internal radiotherapy.

The term "targeted therapy" refers to the prevention / prophylaxis (adjuvant therapy) and / or treatment of cancer with one or more anti-neoplastic agents such as small molecules or antibodies which act on specific types of cancer cells or stromal cells. Some targeted therapies block the action of certain enzymes, proteins, or other molecules involved in the growth and spread of cancer cells. Other types of targeted therapies help the immune system kill cancer cells (immunotherapies); or inhibit angiogenesis, the growth and formation of new blood vessels in the tumor; or deliver toxic substances directly to cancer cells and kill them. An example of a targeted therapy which is in particular suitable to be combined with the compounds of the present invention is immunotherapy, especially immunotherapy targeting the progammed cell death receptor 1 (PD-1 receptor) or its ligand PD-L1 (Zelenay et al., 2015, Cell 162, 1 -14; Yongkui Li et al., Oncoimmunology 2016, 5(2):e1074374).

When used in combination with the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III), the term "targeted therapy" especially refers to agents such as:

a) Epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) inhibitors or blocking antibodies (for example Gefitinib, Erlotinib, Afatinib, lcotinib, Lapatinib, Panitumumab, Zalutumumab, Nimotuzumab, Matuzumab and Cetuximab); b) RAS/RAF/MEK pathway inhibitors (for example Vemurafenib, Sorafenib, Dabrafenib,GDC-0879, PLX- 4720, LGX818, RG7304, Trametinib (GSK1 120212), Cobimetinib (GDC-0973/XL518), Binimetinib

(MEK162, ARRY-162), Selumetinib (AZD6244));

c) Aromatase inhibitors (for example Exemestane, Letrozole, Anastrozole, Vorozole, Formestane, Fadrozole);

d) Angiogenesis inhibitors, especially VEGF signalling inhibitors such as Bevacuzimab (Avastin), Ramucirumab , Sorafenib or Axitinib;

e) Immune Checkpoint inhibitors (for example: anti-PD1 antibodies such as Pembrolizumab (Lambrolizumab, MK-3475), Nivolumab, Pidilizumab (CT-011 ), AMP-514/MED10680, PDR001 , SHR-1210; REGN2810, BGBA317; fusion proteins targeting PD-1 such as AMP-224; small molecule anti-PD1 agents such as for example compounds disclosed in WO2015/033299, WO2015/044900 and WO2015/034820; anti-PD1 L antibodies, such as BMS-936559, atezolizumab (MPDL3280A, RG7446), MEDI4736, avelumab (MSB0010718C), durvalumab (MEDI4736); anti-PDL2 antibodies, such as AMP224; anti-CTLA-4 antibodies, such as ipilimumab, tremilmumab; anti-Lymphocyte-activation gene 3 (LAG-3) antibodies, such as BMS-986016, IMP701 , MK-4280, ImmuFact IMP321 ; anti T cell immunoglobulin mucin-3 (ΤΊΜ-3) antibodies, such as MBG453; anti-CD137/4-1 BB antibodies, such as BMS-663513 / urelumab, PF- 05082566; anti T cell immunoreceptor with Ig and ITIM domains (TIGIT) antibodies, such as RG6058 (anti-

TIGIT, MTIG7192A);

f) Vaccination approaches (for example dendritic cell vaccination, peptide or protein vaccination (for example with gp100 peptide or MAGE-A3 peptide);

g) Re-introduction of patient derived or allogenic (non-self) cancer cells genetically modified to secrete immunomodulatory factors such as granulocyte monocyte colony stimulating factor (GMCSF) gene- transfected tumor cell vaccine (GVAX) or Fms-related tyrosine kinase 3 (Flt-3) ligand gene-transfected tumor cell vaccine (FVAX),or Toll like receptor enhanced GM-CSF tumor based vaccine (TEGVAX); h) T-cell based adoptive immunotherapies, including chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) engineered T-cells (for example CTL019);

i) Cytokine or immunocytokine based therapy (for example Interferon alpha, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interleukin 2, interleukin 15);

j) Toll-like receptor (TLR) agonists (for example resiquimod, imiquimod, glucopyranosyl lipid A, CpG oligodesoxynucleotides);

k) Thalidomide analogues (for example Lenalidomide, Pomalidomide);

I) lndoleamin-2,3-Dioxgenase (IDO) and/or Tryptophane-2,3-Dioxygenase (TDO) inhibitors (for example RG6078 / NLG919 / GDC-0919; Indoximod / 1 MT (1 -methyltryptophan), INCB024360 / Epacadostat, PF- 06840003 (EOS200271 ), F001287);

m) Activators of T-cell co-stimulatory receptors (for example anti-OX40/CD134 (Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily, member 4, such as RG7888 (MOXR0916), 9B12; MEDI6469, GSK3174998, MEDI0562), anti OX40-Ligand/CD252; anti-glucocorticoid-induced TNFR family related gene (GITR)

(such as TRX518, MEDI1873, MK-4166, BMS-986156), anti-CD40 (TNF receptor superfamily member 5) antibodies (such as Dacetuzumab (SGN-40), HCD122, CP-870,893, RG7876, ADC-1013, APX005M, SEA-CD40); anti-CD40-Ligand antibodies (such as BG9588); anti-CD27 antibodies such as Varlilumab); n) Molecules binding a tumor specific antigen as well as a T-cell surface marker such as bispecific antibodies (for example RG7802 targeting CEA and CD3) or antibody fragments, antibody mimetic proteins such as designed ankyrin repeat proteins (DARPINS), bispecific T-cell engager (BITE, for example AMG103, AMG330);

o) Antibodies or small molecular weight inhibitors targeting colony-stimulating factor-1 receptor (CSF-1 R) (for example Emactuzumab (RG7155), Cabiralizumab (FPA-008), PLX3397);

p) Agents targeting immune cell check points on natural killer cells such as antibodies against Killer-cell immunoglobulin-like receptors (KIR) for example Lirilumab (IPH2102/BMS-986015); q) Agents targeting the Adenosine receptors or the ectonucleases CD39 and CD73 that convert ATP to Adenosine, such as MEDI9447 (anti-CD73 antibody), PBF-509; CPI-444 (Adenosine A2a receptor antagonist).

When used in combination with the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III), immune checkpoint inhibitors such as those listed under d), and especially those targeting the progammed cell death receptor 1 (PD-1 receptor) or its ligand PD-L1 , are preferred.

The term "chemotherapy" refers to the treatment of cancer with one or more cytotoxic anti-neoplastic agents ("cytotoxic chemotherapy agents"). Chemotherapy is often used in conjunction with other cancer treatments, such as radiation therapy or surgery. The term especially refers to conventional cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents which act by killing cells that divide rapidly, one of the main properties of most cancer cells. Chemotherapy may use one drug at a time (single-agent chemotherapy) or several drugs at once (combination chemotherapy or polychemotherapy). Chemotherapy using drugs that convert to cytotoxic activity only upon light exposure is called photochemotherapy or photodynamic therapy.

The term "cytotoxic chemotherapy agent" or "chemotherapy agent" as used herein refers to an active anti-neoplastic agent inducing apoptosis or necrotic cell death. When used in combination with the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III), the term especially refers to conventional cytotoxic chemotherapy agents such as:

a) alkylating agents (for example mechlorethamine, chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, streptozocin, carmustine, lomustine, melphalan, dacarbazine, temozolomide, fotemustine, thiotepa or altretamine; especially cyclophosphamide, carmustine, melphalan, dacarbazine, or temozolomide);

b) platinum drugs (especially cisplatin, carboplatin or oxaliplatin);

c) antimetabolite drugs (for example 5-fluorouracil, folic acid/leucovorin, capecitabine, 6-mercaptopurine, methotrexate, gemcitabine, cytarabine, fludarabine or pemetrexed; especially 5-fluorouracil, folic acid/leucovorin, capecitabine, methotrexate, gemcitabine or pemetrexed);

d) anti-tumor antibiotics (for example daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, actinomycin-D, bleomycin, mitomycin-C or mitoxantrone; especially doxorubicin);

e) mitotic inhibitors (for example paclitaxel, docetaxel, ixabepilone, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, vindesine or estramustine; especially paclitaxel, docetaxel, ixabepilone or, vincristine); or

f) topoisomerase inhibitors (for example etoposide, teniposide, topotecan, irinotecan, diflomotecan or elomotecan; especially etoposide or irinotecan).

When used in combination with the compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III), preferred cytotoxic chemotherapy agents are the above-mentioned alkylating agents (notably fotemustine,cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, carmustine, dacarbazine and prodrugs thereof such as especially temozolomide or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these compounds; in particular temozolomide); mitotic inhibitors (notably paclitaxel, docetaxel, ixabepilone,; or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these compounds; in particular paclitaxel); platinum drugs (notably cisplatin, oxaliplatin and carboplatin); as well etoposide and gemcitabine. Chemotherapy may be given with a curative intent or it may aim to prolong life or to palliate symptoms.

• Combined modality chemotherapy is the use of drugs with other cancer treatments, such as radiation therapy or surgery.

• Induction chemotherapy is the first line treatment of cancer with a chemotherapeutic drug. This type of chemotherapy is used for curative intent.

• Consolidation chemotherapy is the given after remission in order to prolong the overall disease free time and improve overall survival. The drug that is administered is the same as the drug that achieved remission.

• Intensification chemotherapy is identical to consolidation chemotherapy but a different drug than the induction chemotherapy is used.

• Combination chemotherapy involves treating a patient with a number of different drugs simultaneously.

The drugs differ in their mechanism and side effects. The biggest advantage is minimising the chances of resistance developing to any one agent. Also, the drugs can often be used at lower doses, reducing toxicity.

· Neoadjuvant chemotherapy is given prior to a local treatment such as surgery, and is designed to shrink the primary tumor. It is also given to cancers with a high risk of micrometastatic disease.

• Adjuvant chemotherapy is given after a local treatment (radiotherapy or surgery). It can be used when there is little evidence of cancer present, but there is risk of recurrence. It is also useful in killing any cancerous cells that have spread to other parts of the body. These micrometastases can be treated with adjuvant chemotherapy and can reduce relapse rates caused by these disseminated cells.

• Maintenance chemotherapy is a repeated low-dose treatment to prolong remission.

• Salvage chemotherapy or palliative chemotherapy is given without curative intent, but simply to decrease tumor load and increase life expectancy. For these regimens, a better toxicity profile is generally expected.

"Simultaneously", when referring to an administration type, means in the present application that the administration type concerned consists in the administration of two or more active ingredients and/or treatments at approximately the same time; wherein it is understood that a simultaneous administration will lead to exposure of the subject to the two or more active ingredients and/or treatments at the same time. When administered simultaneously, said two or more active ingredients may be administered in a fixed dose combination, or in an equivalent non-fixed dose combination (e.g. by using two or more different pharmaceutical compositions to be administered by the same route of administration at approximately the same time), or by a non-fixed dose combination using two or more different routes of administration; wherein said administration leads to essentially simultaneous exposure of the subject to the two or more active ingredients and/or treatments. For example, when used in combination with chemotherapy and/or suitable targeted therapy, the present EP2/EP4 antagonists would possibly be used "simultaneously". "Fixed dose combination", when referring to an administration type, means in the present application that the administration type concerned consists in the administration of one single pharmaceutical composition comprising the two or more active ingredients.

"Separately", when referring to an administration type, means in the present application that the administration type concerned consists in the administration of two or more active ingredients and/or treatments at different points in time; wherein it is understood that a separate administration will lead to a treatment phase (e.g. at least 1 hour, notably at least 6 hours, especially at least 12 hours) where the subject is exposed to the two or more active ingredients and/or treatments at the same time; but a separate administration may also lead to a treatment phase where for a certain period of time (e.g. at least 12 hours, especially at least one day) the subject is exposed to only one of the two or more active ingredients and/or treatments. Separate administration especially refers to situations wherein at least one of the active ingredients and/or treatments is given with a periodicity substantially different from daily (such as once or twice daily) administration (e.g. wherein one active ingredient and/or treatment is given e.g. once or twice a day, and another is given e.g. every other day, or once a week or at even longer distances). For example, when used in combination with radiotherapy, the present EP2/EP4 antagonists would possibly be used "separately".

By administration "over a period of time" is meant in the present application the subsequent administration of two or more active ingredients and/or treatments at different times. The term in particular refers to an administration method according to which the entire administration of one of the active ingredients and/or treatments is completed before the administration of the other / the others begins. In this way it is possible to administer one of the active ingredients and/or treatments for several months before administering the other active ingredient(s) and/or treatment(s).

Administration "over a period of time" also encompasses situations wherein the compound of formulae (I), (II), or (III) would be used in a treatment that starts after termination of an initial chemotherapeutic (for example an induction chemotherapy) and/or radiotherapeutic treatment and/or targeted therapy treatment, wherein optionally said treatment would be in combination with a further / an ongoing chemotherapeutic and/or radiotherapeutic treatment and/or targeted therapy treatment (for example in combination with a consolidation chemotherapy, an intensification chemotherapy, an adjuvant chemotherapy, or a maintenance chemotherapy; or radiotherapeutic equivalents thereof); wherein such further / ongoing chemotherapeutic and/or radiotherapeutic treatment and/or targeted therapy treatment would be simultaneously, separately, or over a period of time in the sense of "not given with the same periodicity".

The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) as defined in embodiments 1 ) to 29) are also useful in a method of modulating an immune response in a subject having a tumor, comprising the administration of an effective amount of the compound of formulae (I), (II), or (III) [wherein notably said administration of said effective amount results in the pharmacologically active blockage of the EP2 receptors, or of the EP4 receptors, or of both the EP2 and the EP4 receptors]; wherein said effective amount reactivates the immune system in the tumor of said subject; wherein especially said effective amount:

• counteracts the polarization of tumor-associated macrophages towards tumor-promoting M2 macrophages; and/or

· down-regulates the activation, expansion and/or the effector function of immunosuppressive cells that have accumulated in a tumor (especially of regulatory T cells (Tregs) and/or myeloid derived suppressor cells (MDSC)); and/or

• up-regulates IFN-γ and/or TNF-a and/or IL-12 and/or IL-2 expression in immune cells such as natural killer cells, T-cells, dendritic cells and macrophages (leading to the induction of tumor cell apoptosis and/or restrained tumorigenesis); and/or

• directly or indirectly counteracts the suppressed activation, IL-2 responsiveness and expansion of cytotoxic T- cells (thereby decreasing local immunsuppression).

The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) as defined in embodiments 1 ) to 29) are also useful in a method of diminishing tumor growth and/or reducing tumor size in a subject having a tumor, comprising the administration of an effective amount of the compound of formulae (I), (II), or (III) [wherein notably said administration of said effective amount results in the pharmacologically active blockage of the EP2 receptors, or of the EP4 receptors, or of both the EP2 and the EP4 receptors]; wherein said effective amount down-regulates tumor angiogenesis (especially by decreasing endothelial cell motility and/or survival, and/or by decreasing the expression of VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor)); and/or wherein said effective amount diminishes tumor cell survival and/or induces tumor cell apoptosis (especially via inhibition of PI3K/AKT and MAPK signalling).

The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) as defined in embodiments 1 ) to 29) are also useful in a method of modulating an immmune response in a subject having a tumor, comprising the administration of an effective amount of the compound of formulae (I), (II), or (III) [wherein notably said administration of said effective amount results in the pharmacologically active blockage of the EP2 receptors, or of the EP4 receptors, or of both the EP2 and the EP4 receptors]; wherein said effective amount reactivates the immune system in the tumor of said subject; wherein said effective amount activates the cytotoxicity and cytokine production of natural killer cells and/or cytotoxic T- cells.

Besides, any preferences and (sub-)embodiments indicated for the compounds of formulae (II) or (III) (whether for the compounds themselves, salts thereof, compositions containing the compounds or salts thereof, or uses of the compounds or salts thereof, etc.) apply mutatis mutandis to compounds of formula (I). Preparation of compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III):

The compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) can be prepared by well-known literature methods, by the methods given below, by the methods given in the experimental part below or by analogous methods. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvents used, but such conditions can be determined by a person skilled in the art by routine optimisation procedures. In some cases the order of carrying out the following reaction schemes, and/or reaction steps, may be varied to facilitate the reaction or to avoid unwanted reaction products. In the general sequence of reactions outlined below, the generic groups R ¹ , R ³ , R ^4a , R ^4b , R ^5a , R ^5b and Ar ¹ are as defined for formulae (I), (II), or (III). Other abbreviations used herein are explicitly defined, or are as defined in the experimental section. In some instances the generic groups R ¹ , R ³ , R ^4a , R ^4b , R ^5a , R ^5b and Ar ¹ might be incompatible with the assembly illustrated in the schemes below and so will require the use of protecting groups (PG). The use of protecting groups is well known in the art (see for example "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", T.W. Greene, P.G.M. Wuts, Wiley-lnterscience, 1999). For the purposes of this discussion, it will be assumed that such protecting groups as necessary are in place. In some cases the final product may be further modified, for example, by manipulation of substituents to give a new final product. These manipulations may include, but are not limited to, reduction, oxidation, alkylation, acylation, hydrolysis and transition-metal catalysed cross-coupling reactions which are commonly known to those skilled in the art. The compounds obtained may also be converted into salts, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in a manner known per se.

Compounds of formulae (I), (II), or (III) of the present invention can be prepared according to the general sequence of reactions outlined below.

A general synthetic route allowing the preparation of compounds of formula (I) is presented in scheme 1. Thus, precursors (3) can be obtained by nucleophilic aromatic substitutions between primary amines (1) and pyrimidines (2) (wherein X is a chlorine, a bromine or an iodine), in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA or K2CO3, in a solvent such as isopropanol, butanol, DMF or THF, at RT or at elevated temperatures. Compounds of formula (I) can be produced via metal-catalyzed cross-coupling reactions of the pyrimidine halide derivatives (3) with a compound of formula (4), for example Suzuki couplings when compounds (4) are boronic acids or boronic esters. Typical Suzuki cross-coupling reactions may be carried out in the presence of a base such as K2CO3, CS2CO3, Na ₂ C0 ₃ , K3PO4, or CsF and a catalyst such as Pd(PPh ₃ ) ₄ , Pd(dppf)CI ₂ or Pd(OAc) ₂ , in a solvent like ethanol, THF, water, or RMs thereof, typically at elevated temperatures. Boronic acids or boronate esters A4 can be obtained from commercial sources, or synthesized by methods described in the literature, or by methods known by a person skilled in the art. A boronic acid derivative can be formed by the Miyaura borylation reaction, by cross-coupling of bis(pinacolato)diboron with aryl halides or triflates, in the presence of a base such as potassium acetate and a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)CI ₂ . Alternatively, a boronic acid derivative can be formed by a lithiation/borylation sequence, typically at low temperatures, using butyllithium or lithium diisopropylamide as the base, and tri- isopropylborate or isopropoxyboronic acid pinacol ester, in a solvent such as diethyl ether or THF. In a variant, compounds of formula (I) can be prepared via nucleophilic aromatic substitutions between primary amines (1) and substituted pyrimidine halides (5), wherein X is a chlorine, a bromine or an iodine. Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) can be synthesized by reacting a compound of formula (1) with a compound of formula (5) wherein X represents OH, in presence of a cbopoupling agent such as BOP, PyBOP or hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene, in presence of a base such as DBU, DIPEA or TEA in a solvent such as THF, MeCN or DMF, at low temperatures, or at RT or at elevated temperatures.

Scheme 1: General preparations of compounds of formula (I)

Preparations of the required primary amines 1 are described in scheme 2. Aminoethylated (hetero)aromatics (8) can be produced via Suzuki-Miyaura cross-coupling reactions of the corresponding (hetero)aromatic electrophiles (6) (bromides, iodides or triflates) with Boc-protected potassium β-aminoethyltrifluoroborates (7). Such cross- coupling reactions can be performed using described conditions [Pd(dppf)Cl2 or combination of Pd(OAc)2 and RuPhos as the catalytic system, CS2CO3 as a base, in a RM of toluene/H20, at elevated temperatures]. The corresponding primary amines (1) can be obtained after Boc-deprotection of derivatives (8), under acidic conditions, and can be converted into compounds of formula (I) with the synthetic sequences described in scheme 1. In a variant presented in scheme 2, primary amines (1) can be prepared starting from carbonyl precursors (9) and nitro compounds (10) via Henry reaction (butylamine/acetic acid/molecular sieves/90°C) and subsequent reduction of the produced nitroalkenes (11) (lithium aluminum hydride/THF, or NaBH^BFs^O/THF).

Scheme 2. Preparations of substituted β-aminoethyl aromatics (1)

The pyrimidines of formula (5) can be obtained by metal-catalyzed cross-coupling reactions between compounds of formula (4), typically boronic acids or esters, and di-halo-pyrimidines of formula (2), wherein X = CI, Br or I {Scheme 3). Compounds of formula (5) wherein X = OH can be obtained by de-alkylation of compounds of formula (13), wherein Alk is typically Me or Et. In turn, (13) can be formed by a cross-coupling reaction between compounds of formula (12), wherein X = CI, Br, I, and compounds of formula (4), typically boronic acids or esters.

Scheme 3. Preparations of pyrimidines (5)

The following examples are provided to illustrate the invention. These examples are illustrative only and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. Experimental Part

I. Chemistry

All temperatures are stated in °C. Commercially available starting materials were used as received without further purification. Unless otherwise specified, all reactions were carried out in oven-dried glassware under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Compounds were purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel or by preparative HPLC. Compounds described in the invention are characterised by LC-MS data (retention time t _R is given in min; molecular weight obtained from the mass spectrum is given in g/mol) using the conditions listed below. In cases where compounds of the present invention appear as a RM of conformational isomers, particularly visible in their LC-MS spectra, the retention time of the most abundant conformer is given. In some cases compounds are isolated after purification in form of the corresponding ammonium salt ( ), such compounds are marked accordingly.

Analytical LC-MS equipment:

HPLC pump: Binary gradient pump, Agilent G4220A or equivalent

Autosampler: Gilson LH215 (with Gilson 845z injector) or equivalent

Column compartment: Dionex TCC-3000RS or equivalent

Degasser: Dionex SRD-3200 or equivalent

Make-up pump: Dionex HPG-3200SD or equivalent

DAD detector: Agilent G4212A or equivalent

MS detector: Single quadrupole mass analyzer, Thermo Finnigan MSQPIus or equivalent

ELS detector: Sedere SEDEX 90 or equivalent

LC-MS with acidic conditions

Method A: Column: Zorbax SB-aq (3.5 μιτι, 4.6 x 50 mm). Conditions: MeCN [eluent A]; water + 0.04% TFA [eluent B]. Gradient: 95% B→ 5% B over 1.5 min (flow: 4.5 mL/min). Detection: UV/Vis + MS.

Method B: Column: Zorbax RRHD SB-aq (1.8 μιτι, 2.1 x 50 mm). Conditions: MeCN [eluent A]; water + 0.04% TFA [eluent B]. Gradient: 95% B→ 5% B over 2.0 min (flow: 0.8 mL/min). Detection: UV/Vis + MS.

Method C: Waters Acquity Binary, Solvent Manager, MS: Waters SQ Detector, DAD: Acquity UPLC PDA Detector, ELSD: Acquity UPLC ELSD. Column ACQU ITY UPLC CSH C18 1.7um 2.1x50 mm from Waters, thermostated in the Acquity UPLC Column Manager at 60°C. Eluents: A: H20 + 0.05% formic acid; B: MeCN + 0.045% formic acid. Method: Gradient: 2% B 98% B over 2.0 min. Flow: 1.0 mL/min. Detection: UV 214nm and ELSD, and MS, t _R is given in min.

LC-MS with basic conditions

Method D: Column: Waters BEH Cie, 3.0 x 50mm, 2.5μιτι, Eluents: A: Water/NH3 [c(NH ₃ ) = 13 mmol/l], B: MeCN, Method: 5%B to 95%B in 1.2min, Flow 1.6ml/min, Detection UV: 214nm

Preparative HPLC equipment:

Gilson 333/334 HPLC pump equipped with Gilson LH215, Dionex SRD-3200 degasser, Dionex ISO-3100A make-up pump, Dionex DAD-3000 DAD detector, Single quadrupole mass analyzer MS detector, Thermo Finnigan MSQ Plus, MRA100-000 flow splitter, Polymer Laboratories PL-ELS1000 ELS detector

Preparative HPLC with basic conditions

Column: Waters XBridge (10 μιτι, 75 x 30 mm). Conditions: MeCN [eluent A]; water + 0.5% NH ₄ OH (25% aq.) [eluent B]; Gradient see Table 1 (flow: 75 mL/min), the starting percentage of Eluent A (x) is determined depending on the polarity of the compound to purify. Detection: UV/Vis + MS

Table 1

Preparative HPLC with acidic conditions

Column: Waters Atlantis T3 (10 μιτι, 75 x 30 mm). Conditions: MeCN [eluent A]; water + 0.5% HC0 ₂ H [eluent B]; Gradient see Table 2 (flow: 75 mL/min), the starting percentage of Eluent A (x) is determined depending on the polarity of the compound to purify. Detection: UV/Vis + MS

Table 2

Abbreviations (as used hereinbefore or hereinafter):

aq. aqueous

atm atmosphere

Boc iert-butoxycarbonyl

BOP (benzotriazol-1 -yloxy)-tris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate d days

DBU 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene

DCM dichloromethane

DIPEA diisopropyl-ethylamine, Hunig's base

DDQ 2,3-Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1 ,4-benzoquinone

DMF dimethylformamide

DMSO dimethylsulfoxide dppf 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene

Et ethyl

Et ₂ 0 diethylether

EtOAc ethyl acetate

EtOH ethanol

Ex. example

FC flash chromatography on silica gel

h hour(s)

hept heptane(s)

HPLC high performance liquid chromatography

HV high vacuum conditions

'Bu isobutyl

'Pr isopropyl

LAH lithium aluminium hydride

LC-MS liquid chromatography - mass spectrometry

Lit. Literature

Me methyl

MeCN acetonitrile

MeOH methanol

mL milliliter

min minute(s)

MW microwave

NaHMDS sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide

"Pr n-propyl

OAc acetate

Pd2dba3 Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)

Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM [1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium (II) complex with dichloromethane

Ph phenyl

PP i3 triphenyl phosphine

prep. preparative

PyBOP (benzotriazol-1 -yl-oxy)-tripyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate rac racemic

RM reaction mixture

RT room temperature

RuPhos 2-Dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-diisopropoxybiphenyl s second(s)

sat. saturated

tBu tert-butyl = tertiary butyl

TEA triethylamine

TFA trifluoroacetic acid

THF tetrahydrofuran

TLC thin layer chromatography

tosyl p-toluene-sulfonyl

tR retention time

triflate trifluoromethanesulfonate

General procedures

General procedure A: Nitro-aldol condensation and dehydration

To a solution of aromatic aldehyde (10 mmol) in nitromethane (20 mL) at RT are added butylamine (0.1 17 mL, 1.18 mmol), acetic acid (0.1 16 mL, 2.04 mmol) and 4A molecular sieves (100 mg). The RM is stirred at 90°C for 1 h, then cooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is partitionned between EtOAc and water. The organic phase is washed once more with water then with brine, dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

General procedure B: Nitrostyrene reduction

LAH (2M in THF, 1 1 mL, 21.8 mmol) is added dropwise at 0°C to a solution of nitrostyrene (6.24 mmol) in THF (30 mL). The RM is stirred at RT for 2h, then cooled to 0°C, and quenched carefully with water (1.28 mL), 15% aqueous NaOH (1.28 mL), and water (3.9 mL). The resulting suspension is stirred at RT for 1 h, then filtered and washed with EbO. The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

Alternatively, to a solution of sodium borohydride (251 mg, 6.51 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at 0°C is added BF3.Et20 (1.06 mL, 8.14 mmol). The RM is stirred 10 min at 0°C then 15 min at RT. A solution of nitrostyrene (1.36 mmol) in THF (3 mL) is added dropwise and the RM is refluxed overnight. The RM is cooled at 0°C and treated carefully with 2N HCI (8.8 mL, 17.6 mmol). The RM is heated for 1 h at 80°C, then cooled to RT, and the organic solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The remaining aqueous layer is extracted with EbO. The aqueous layer is treated with 10% NaOH to reach pH>12 and extracted 3 times with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

General procedure C: Suzuki Miyaura coupling with trifluoroborates A reaction vessel is charged with the aryl-bromide or triflate (1.91 mmol), potassium tert-butyl n-[2- (trifluoroboranuidyl)ethyl]carbamate (555 mg, 2.1 mmol), cesium carbonate (2489 mg, 7.64 mmol), palladium(ll) acetate (21.5 mg, 0.0955 mmol), RuPhos (93.8 mg, 0.191 mmol) and toluene (15 mL) and water (5 mL). The RM is flushed with argon, then heated at 95°C overnight. The RM is cooled to RT and filtered through a glass microfiber. The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is partitioned between DCM and NH4CI saturated solution. Phases are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted twice more with DCM. The combined organic layers are then washed with brine, dried over MgSCX filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

General procedure D: Boc deprotection (TFA)

To a solution of Boc-protected amine (1.91 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) at 0°C is added TFA (10 mL). The RM is stirred for 2h, letting the temperature rise to RT. It is then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved again in DCM and evaporated in vacuo (twice), affording the free amine as TFA salt.

General procedure E: Boc deprotection (HCI)

A solution of Boc-protected amine (1.91 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) at 0°C is added HCI (4N in dioxane, 10 mL). The RM is stirred for 2h, letting the temperature rise to RT. It is then concentrated in vacuo, affording the free amine as HCI salt.

General procedure F: SNAr of 4,6-di-halo-pyrimidine

A solution of aryl-ethylamine (21.1 mmol), 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (3.00 g, 20.1 mmol) and TEA (3.08 mL, 22.2 mmol) in 2-propanol (50 mL) is refluxed for 2h, then allowed to cool to RT and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is partitioned between sat. aq. NaHCC>3 solution and EtOAc. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted once more with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are washed with water, brine, dried over MgSC>4, filtered and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

General procedure G: Suzuki coupling with Pd(PPh ₃ )4

A RM of the respective pyrimidine halide derivative (3) (0.15 mmol), the respective boronic acid derivative (4) (0.18 mmol), and K2CO3 2M (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) is purged with argon, Pd(PPh ₃ ) ₄ (0.0075 mmol) is added, and the RM is heated at 90°C overnight. Alternatively, the reaction can be performed in a MW apparatus, at 120°C for 15 - 30 min. The RM is filtered through a 0.45 urn Glass MicroFiber filter, washed with EtOH/MeCN and DMF. The filtrate is purified either by preparative HPLC or FC. Alternatively, it is diluted with water, if needed the pH is adjusted, and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic extracts are dried (MgSC>4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC.

General procedure H: Suzuki coupling with Pd(PPh ₃ )4 followed by ester hydrolysis

A RM of the respective pyrimidine halide derivative (3) (0.15 mmol), the respective boronic acid derivative (4) (0.18 mmol), and K2CO3 2M (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) is purged with argon, Pd(PPh ₃ ) ₄ (0.0075 mmol) is added, and the RM is heated at 90°C overnight. Alternatively, the reaction can be performed in a MW apparatus, at 120°C for 15 - 30 min. NaOH (32% solution, 0.5 mL) is added, and the RM is stirred at RT for 2 - 20h or at 90°C for 0.5 - 20h. It is then filtered through a 0.45 um Glass MicroFiber filter, washed with EtOH and water. The filtrate is either purified directly by preparative HPLC or diluted with 1 N HCI, and extracted 3x with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are dried (MgSCXi) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

General procedure I: phosphonium-mediated SNAr

To a solution of 6-hydroxy-pyrimidine derivative (0.196 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) and EtsN (0.109 mL, 0.784 mmol) is added PyBOP (163 mg, 0.313 mmol). The yellow solution is stirred at RT for 15 min, then the respective aryl- ethylamine (0.245 mmol) is added and the RM is stirred at 80°C overnight. The RM is cooled to RT and treated with a few drops of water and purified by preparative HPLC. Alternatively, the RM is diluted with AcOEt and washed twice with brine. The organic layer is dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

Alternatively, a solution of 6-hydroxy-pyrimidine derivative (0.1 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) is treated with DBU (0.15 mmol) and BOP (0.13 mmol). The solution is stirred at RT for 15 min - 1 h, then the respective aryl-ethylamine (0.125 mmol) is added, and the RM is stirred at 80°C for 2 - 20h. The RM is cooled to RT and treated with a few drops of water and purified by preparative HPLC. Or the RM is diluted with EtOAc and washed twice with brine. The organic layer is dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by preparative HPLC or by FC if needed.

A- Preparation of precursors and intermediates

A.1. Synthesis of pyrimidine halide derivatives of formula (3)

A.1.1. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(naphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(1 -naphtyl) ethylamine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.91 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 283.94.

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of A.1.1. described above, the following pyrimidine-halide derivatives of formula (3) are synthesized, starting from the corresponding commercially available aryl ethylamines and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine or 4,6-diiodopyrimidine (see table 3). Table 3: Pyrimidine halide derivatives A.1.2. - A.1-24.

MS Data

(R [min]

No. Compound m/z

(LC-MS)

[M+H] ⁺

A.1.2. 1- N-(2-(benzo[b]thiophen-7-yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amine 0.89 (A) 290.01

A.1.3. N-(2-(1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amine 0.80 (A) 273.06

A.1.4. 6-chloro-N-(2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.87 (A) 287.10

A.1.5. 6-chloro-N-(2-(4-methylnaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.95 (A) 298.10

A.1.6. 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.92 (A) 314.09

A.1.7. 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-ami ne 0.93 (A) 302.05

A.1.8. 6-chloro-N-(2-(4-chloronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-ami ne 0.95 (A) 317.97

A.1.9. 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-ethoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.97 (A) 328.07

A.1.10. 6-chloro-N-(2-(4-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.93 (A) 314.05

A.1.11. 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methylnaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.95 (A) 298.15

A.1.12 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-propoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.90 (A) 360.08

A.1.13 6-chloro-N-(2-(4-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-ami ne 0.93 (A) 302.06

A.1.14 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-(difluoromethoxy)naphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin -amine 0.94 (A) 350.05

A.1.15 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-isopropoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4 -amine 1.00 (A) 342.02

A.1.16. 6-chloro-N-(2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amin e 0.58 (A) 315.07

A.1.17. N-(2-(1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amine 0.82 (A) 273.06

A.1.18. 6-chloro-N-(2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.87 (A) 287.08

A.1.19. 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.86 (A) 287.08

A.1.20. 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methylbenzo[d]thiazol-7-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin- 4-amine 0.82 (A) 305.00

A.1.21. N-(2-(benzofuran-7-yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amine 0.85 (A) 274.06

A.1.22. 6-chloro-N-(2-(7-chloroquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.88 (A) 319.02

A.1.23. 6-chloro-N-(2-(quinolin-8-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine 0.62 (A) 285.14

A.1.24. N-(2-(benzo[d][1 ,3]dioxol -yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amine 0.82 (A) 278.09 A.1.25. N-(2-(Benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(benzo[b]thiophen- 4-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: tR = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 289.93.

A.1.25.1 2-(Benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (E)-4-{2- nitrovinyl)benzo[b]thiophene, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.53 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 178.29.

A.1.25.2 f£J-4-(2-Nitrovinyl)benzo[b]thiophene

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using benzo[b]thiophene-4-carbaldehyde, and obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.89 min; no ionization.

A.1.26. N-(2-(2-Bromonaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amin e

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(2- bromonaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.97 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 364.08.

A.1.26.1 2-(2-Bromonaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-2-bromo-1 -

(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, and obtained as a RM with 2-(naphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine. LC-MS A: tR = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 249.96.

A.1.26.2 f£J-2-Bromo-1-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 2-bromo-1- naphthaldehyde, and obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.95 min; no ionization.

A.1.27. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(5-methoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)ethyl)py rimidin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(5-methoxy-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.84 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 305.95.

A.1.27.1 2-(5-Methoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-5-methoxy- 4-(2-nitrovinyl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.49 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 194.21.

A.1.27.2 (EJ-5-Methoxy-4-(2-nitrovinyl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 5-methoxy-2,3- dihydro-1 -benzofuran-4-carbaldehyde, and obtained as a deep orange solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.87 min; no ionization. A.1.28. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(5-methoxybenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)ethyl)pyrim idin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(5- methoxybenzo[d][1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.85 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 308.01.

A.1.28.1 2-(5-Methoxybenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-5-methoxy- 4-(2-nitrovinyl)benzo[d][1 ,3]dioxole, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.49 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 196.16.

A.1.28.2 f£J-5-Methoxy-4-(2-nitrovinyl)benzo[d][1,3]dioxole

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 5-Methoxy-1 ,3- benzodioxole-4-carboxaldehyde, and obtained as a deep orange solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.88 min; no ionization.

A.1.29. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(6-methylquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(6-methylquinolin- 5-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a yellow foam. LC-MS A: tR = 0.57 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 299.06.

A.1.29.1 2-(6-Methylquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-6-methyl-5- (2-nitrovinyl)quinoline, and obtained as a brown oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.28 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 187.29.

A.1.29.2 (EJ-6-Methyl-5-(2-nitrovinyl)quinoline

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 6-methyl-5- quinolinecarbaldehyde, and obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.59 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 215.11.

A.1.30. 6-chloro-N-(2-(2,3-dimethylnaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4 -amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(2,3- dimethylnaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.98 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 312.11.

A.1.30.1 2-(2,3-Dimethylnaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-2,3-dimethyl- 1 -(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, and obtained as a pale yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.64 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 200.16.

A.1.30.2 f£J-2,3-Dimethyl-1-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 2,3- dimethylnaphthalene-1 -carbaldehyde, and obtained as a deep yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.97 min; no ionization. A.1.31. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(3-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-am ine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(3- methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.92 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 314.04.

A.1.31.1 2-(3-Methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-3-methoxy- 1 -(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, and obtained as a pale yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.58 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 202.15.

A.1.31.2 f£J-3-Methoxy-1-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 3-methoxy-1 - naphthaldehyde, and obtained as a deep yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.93 min; no ionization.

A.1.32. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(5-ethoxybenzo[d][1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(5- methoxybenzo[d][1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.90 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.93.

A.1.32.1 2-(5-ethoxybenzo[d][1 ,3]dioxol-4-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-5-methoxy- 4-(2-nitrovinyl)benzo[d][1 ,3]dioxole, and obtained as a colorless oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.55 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 210.13.

A.1.32.2 f£J-5-ethoxy-4-(2-nitrovinyl)benzo[d][1 ,3]dioxole

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 5-ethoxy-1 ,3- benzodioxole-4-carboxaldehyde, and obtained as a orange solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.92 min; no ionization.

A.1.33. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(1,2,3-trimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(1 ,2,3-trimethyl-1 H- indol-7-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.95 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 315.08.

A.1.33.1 2-(1,2,3-Trimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethan-1 -amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-1 ,2,3- trimethyl-7-(2-nitrovinyl)-1 H-indole, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.58 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 203.22.

A.1.33.2 f£J-1,2,3-Trimethyl-7-(2-nitrovinyl)-1 H-indole

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 1 ,2,3-trimethyl- 1 H-indole-7-carbaldehyde, and obtained as a red solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.96 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 231.13.

A.1.34. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(7-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amin e The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(7-methoxyquinolin- 8-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.59 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 315.05.

A.1.34.1 2-(7-Methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (EJ-7-methoxy-

8-(2-nitrovinyl)quinoline, and obtained as an orange oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.36 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 203.16.

A.1.34.2 f£J-7-Methoxy-8-(2-nitrovinyl)quinoline

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 7-methoxy-8- quinolinecarboxaldehyde, and obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.86 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 231.10. A.1.35. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(2,5-dimethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin- 4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(2,5- dimethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as white foam. LC-MS A: tR = 0.94 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 344.07.

A.1.35.1 2-(2,5-dimethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1 -amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (E)-2,5- dimethoxy-1 -(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, and obtained as a pale yellow oil. LC-MS A: tR = 0.61 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 232.14.

A.1.35.2 f£J-2,5-dimethoxy-1-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 2,5-dimethoxy- 1 -naphthaldehyde, and obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.95 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 260.16.

A.1.35.3 2,5-Dimethoxy-1-naphthaldehyde

To a solution of titanium(IV) chloride (1.0 M in DCM; 1 1.7 mL; 2.2 equiv.) in DCM (40 mL) at 0°C is added dropwise a solution of dichloromethyl methyl ether (672 mg; 1.1 equiv.) in DCM (3 mL). A solution of 1 ,6- dimethoxynaphthalene (1.00 g; 5.31 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) is then added dropwise, and the RM is stirred at 0°C for 5 min. and at RT for 3h. It is then quenched with 1 M aq. HCI (75 mL). The organic layer is separated and washed successively with water, sat. NaHCC>3 solution, and brine, dried over MgSCX filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by FC (Hept DCM 1 :9 to DCM) affords the title compound as an orange oil (601 mg, 52%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.87 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 217.07.

A.1.36. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(2,3-dimethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin- 4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(2,3- dimethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a brown oil. LC-MS A: tR = 0.93 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 344.05. A.1.36.1 2-(2,3-Dimethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using (ξ)-2,3- dimethoxy-1 -(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.59 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 232.07.

A.1.36.2 f£J-2,3-dimethoxy-1-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 2,3-Dimethoxy-

1 -naphthaldehyde, and obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.91 min; no ionization.

A.1.37. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(4-(difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrim idin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(4- (difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as an off- white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.90 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 334.00.

A.1.37.1 2-(4-(Difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (2-(4- (difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a pale pink solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 222.09.

A.1.37.2 Tert-butyl (2-(4-(difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using 1-bromo-4- (difluoromethyl)naphthalene, and obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.96 min; no ionization.

A.1.38. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(2-methylbenzofuran-7-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-ami ne

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(2- methylbenzofuran-7-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.91 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 288.10.

A.1.38.1 2-(2-Methylbenzofuran-7-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (2-(2- methylbenzofuran-7-yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.54 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 176.32.

A.1.38.2 Tert-butyl (2-(2-methylbenzofuran-7-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using 7-bromo-2- methyl-1 -benzofuran, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.93 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 276.1 1.

A.1.39. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H- indazol-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.83 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 302.15.

A.1.39.1 2-(1 ,5-Dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (2-

(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.50 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 231.26.

A.1.39.2 Tert-butyl (2-(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using 4-bromo-1 ,5- dimethyl-1 H-indazole, and obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.87 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 290.16.

A.1.40. N-(2-(2-Aminonaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-amin e

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 1-(2- aminoethyl)naphthalen-2-amine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a brown solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.75 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 299.07.

A.1.40.1 1-(2-Aminoethyl)naphthalen-2-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (2-(2- aminonaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a black solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.48 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 187.21.

A.1.40.2 Tert-butyl (2-(2-aminonaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using 1- bromonaphtalen-2-amine, and obtained as a black solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.77 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 287.17.

A.1.41. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(6-methylisoquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-am ine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(6- methylisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.56 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 299.05.

A.1.41.1 2-(6-Methylisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (2-(6- methylisoquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.30 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 187.28.

A.1.41.2 Tert-butyl (2-(6-methylisoquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using 5-bromo-6- methylisoquinoline, and obtained as a pale yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.62 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 287.17.

A.1.42. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(1,2-dimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(1 ,2-dimethyl-1 H- indol-7-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.90 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 301.06.

A.1.42.1 2-(1 ,2-Dimethyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethan-1 -amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure B described above, using fEJ-1 ,2-dimethyl- 7-(2-nitrovinyl)-1 H-indole, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.57 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 189.25.

A.1.42.2 f£J-1 ,2-Dimethyl-7-(2-nitrovinyl)-1 H-indole

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure A described above, using 1 ,2-dimethyl- 1 H-indole-7-carbaldehyde, and obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.91 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 217.12.

A.1.43. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(2-(difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrim idin-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(2- (difluoromethyl)naphthalen-l -yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.95 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 334.03.

A.1.43.1 2-(2-(difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (2-(2- (difluoromethyl)naphthalen-l -yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.61 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 222.11.

A.1.43.2 Tert-butyl (2-(6-methylisoquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using tert-butyl (2-(2- (difluoromethyl)naphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a deep yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.98 min; no ionization.

A.1.44. 1-(2-((6-Chloropyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-2-naphthonitrile

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (6- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)(2-(2-cyanonaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.88 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 309.02.

A.1.44.1 Tert-butyl (6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)(2-(2-cyanonaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)car bamate

Tert-butyl (2-(2-cyanonaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)carbamate (350 mg, 1.18 mmol) is dissolved in dry dioxane (6 mL). The solution is cooled down to 15°C, and sodium hydride (189 mg, 4.72 mmol) is added portionwise. After stirring at rt for 15min, 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (440 mg, 2.95 mmol is added to the suspension at 15°C. The RM is heated up to 90 °C and stirred overnight. The RM is carefully quenched at 0°C with water then extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated. Purification by FC (Hept/EtOAc 10:0 to 7:3) affords the tuitle compound as a white solid (0.370g, 77%). LC-

MS A: t _R = 1.08 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 409.15.

A.1.44.2 Tert-butyl (2-(2-cyanonaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using 1 - bromonaphthalene-2-carbonitrile, and obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.92 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 297.1 1.

A.1.45. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(7-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)pyrimid in-4-amine

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure F described above, using 2-(7-methoxy-4- methylquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, and obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.59 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 329.05.

A.1.45.1 2-(7-Methoxy-4-methylquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure E described above, using tert-butyl (2-(7- methoxy-4-methylquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate, and obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.36 min;

[M+H] ⁺ = 217.15.

A.1.45.2 Tert-butyl (2-(7-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedure C described above, using 8-bromo-7- methoxy-4-methylquinoline, and obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.63 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 317.14.

A.1.45.3 8-Bromo-7-methoxy-4-methylquinoline

To a stirred solution of 7-methoxy-4-methylquinoline (1.00 g, 5.77 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) is added NBS (1.23 g, 6.91 mmol). The resulting suspension is stirred for 3 d at RT. The RM is diluted with DCM and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 and brine, dried over MgSC>4 and then purified by FC to give the desired product as a yellow solid (1.1 18 g, 77%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.51 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 252.00.

A.1.46. N-(2-(4-bromonaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-6-iodopyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is obtained from 2-(4-bromonaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-diiodopyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.02 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 453.95.

A.1.46.1. 2-(4-Bromonaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1 -amine

The title compound is obtained from (E)-1-bromo-4-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, following the general procedure B. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.67 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 250.24.

A.1.46.2. E)-1-bromo-4-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene The title compound is obtained from 4-bromo-1-naphthaldehyde, following the general procedure A. LC- MS B: t _R = 1.06 min; no ionization. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ: 8.84 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.28 (m, 2 H), 8.02 (s, 2 H), 7.81 (m, 2 H).

A.1.47. 6-chloro-N-(2-(5-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-ami ne

The title compound is obtained from 2-(5-fluoronaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.02 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 302.16.

A.1.47.1. 2-(5-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(5-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.61 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 190.39.

A.1.47.2. Tert-butyl (2-(5-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is obtained from 1 -bromo-5-fluoronaphthalene, following the general procedure C. LC- MS B: t _R = 1.05 min; [M+H-CH ₃ ] ⁺ = 275.24.

A.1.48. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin -4-amine

The title compound is obtained from 2-(6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.00 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 308.1 1.

A.1.48.1. 2-(6-Fluorobenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.59 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 196.27.

A.1.48.2. Tert-butyl (2-(6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is obtained from 4-bromo-6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophene, following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.04 min; [M+H-CH ₃ ] ⁺ = 281.18.

A.1.48.3. 4-Bromo-6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophene

A mixture of 4-bromo-6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 1.82 mmol), copper(l) oxide (65 mg, 0.454 mmol) and DMF (9 mL) is heated at 140°C overnight under N ₂ . It is then cooled to RT and filtered over Whatman filter, washing with EtOAc. The filtrate is washed twice with a solution of NH4OH then the combined aqueous layers are extracted with EtOAc (2 x). The combined organic layers are washed with additional water, then dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated to dryness. The residue is purified by FC (HepL ^' EtOAc 1 :0 to 9:1 ) to afford the product as a white solid (254 mg, 60%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.02 min; no ionization.

A.1.49. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(3-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-ami ne The title compound is obtained from 2-(3-fluoronaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.02 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 302.19.

A.1.49.1. 2-(3-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is obtained from (EJ-3-fluoro-1 -(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, following the general procedure B. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 190.34.

A.1.49.2. f£)-3-fluoro-1-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene

The title compound is obtained from 3-fluoronaphthalene-1-carbaldehyde, following the general procedure A. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 190.34.

A.1.50. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(5-methylnaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-ami ne The title compound is obtained from 2-(5-methylnaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.04 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 298.18.

A.1.50.1. 2-(5-Methylnaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(5-methylnaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.63 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 186.43. A.1.50.2. Tert-butyl (2-(5-methylnaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is obtained from 1 -bromo-5-methylnaphthalene, following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.07min; [M+H-CH ₃ ] ⁺ = 271.31.

A.1.51. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidi n-4-amine

The title compound is obtained from 2-(5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.00 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 320.14.

A.1.51.1. 2-(5-Methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 208.26.

A.1.51.2. Tert-butyl (2-(5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate The title compound is obtained from 4-bromo-5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophene, following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.04min; [M+H] ⁺ = 308.19.

A.1.51.3. 4-Bromo-5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophene lodomethane (0.083 mL, 1.32 mmol) is added to a RT solution of 4-bromo-1 -benzothiophen-5-ol (300 mg, 1.26 mmol) and K ₂ C0 ₃ (261 mg, 1.89 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The RM is stirred at 60°C for 1 h, then cooled to RT and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (MgSC>4), and concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the title compound as a yellow oil (330 mg, quant.). LC-MS B: tR = 0.99 min; no ionization.

A.1.52. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(5-ethoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin -4-amine The title compound is obtained from 2-(5-ethoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.05 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 334.18.

A.1.52.1. 2-(5-Ethoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(5-ethoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.66 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 222.27. A.1.52.2. Tert-butyl (2-(5-ethoxybenzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is obtained from 4-bromo-5-ethoxybenzo[b]thiophene, following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.08 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.95.

A.1.52.3. 4-Bromo-5-ethoxybenzo[b]thiophene lodoethane (0.107 mL, 1.32 mmol) is added to a RT solution of 4-bromo-1-benzothiophen-5-ol (300 mg, 1.26 mmol) and K ₂ C0 ₃ (261 mg, 1.89 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The RM is stirred at 60°C overnight, then cooled to RT and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (MgSC>4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (heptane/EtOAc, from 1 :0 to 7:3), affording the title compound as a colorless oil (302 mg, 93%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.04 min; no ionization. A.1.53. N-(2-(2-bromo-4-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-6-iodopyrimidin -4-amine

The title compound is obtained from 2-(2-bromo-4-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-diiodopyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.04 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 471.89.

A.1.53.1. 2-(2-Bromo-4-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)ethan-1-amine

The title compound is obtained from (EJ-2-bromo-4-fluoro-1 -(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene, following the general procedure B. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.69 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 268.18.

A.1.53.2. (£)-2-Bromo-4-fluoro-1-(2-nitrovinyl)naphthalene

The title compound is obtained from 2-bromo-4-fluoro-1-naphtaldehyde, following the general procedure A. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.09 min; no ionization. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ: 8.76 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.42 (m, 2 H), 8.35 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.16-8.18 (m, 1 H), 7.80-7.83 (m, 2 H). A.1.54. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(6-methoxy-1-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine The title compound is obtained from 2-(6-methoxy-1-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.96 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 317.21.

A.1.54.1. 2-(6-Methoxy-1-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: tR = 0.51 min; no ionization.

A.1.54.2. Tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is obtained from 7-bromo-6-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indole following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.01 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 305.24.

A.1.54.3. 7-Bromo-6-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indole

A solution of 7-bromo-6-methoxy-1 H-indole (1275 mg, 3.64 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is cooled at 0°C. Sodium hydride (60% suspension in oil, 262 mg, 6.56 mmol) is added portionwise, and the RM is stirred at RT for 45 min. lodomethane (0.454 mL, 7.29 mmol) is added dropwise, and the RM is stirred at RT overnight. It is then quenched carefully by pouring it into sat. aq. NH4CI, and extracted with DCM (3x). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine dried (MgSC>4) and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by FC (HepLEtOAc 1 :0 to 17:3), affording the title compound as yellow oil (260 mg, 55%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.96 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 240.15.

A.1.54.4. 7-Bromo-6-methoxy-1 H-indole

2-Bromo-1 -methoxy-3-nitrobenzene (2500 mg, 10.8 mmol) is dissolved in THF (200 mL) and cooled at - 78°C. Vinylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 37.7 mL, 37.7 mmol) is added dropwise to the mixture. The reaction is stirred at -78°C overnight allowing the mixture to reach RT. 50 mL of a saturated NH ₄ CI solution is slowly added. The mixture is diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer is dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by FC (HepLDCM 1 :0 to 1 :1 ), affording the title compound as a pale orange solid (443 mg, 18%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.86 min; no ionization.

A.1.55. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(5-methoxy-1-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is obtained from 2-(5-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.96 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 317.21.

A.1.55.1. 2-(5-Methoxy-1-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(5-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.56 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 205.34.

A.1.55.2. Tert-butyl (2-(5-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate The title compound is obtained from 4-bromo-5-methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indole following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.00 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 305.23.

A.1.55.3. 4-Bromo-5-methoxy-1-methyl-1 H-indole

NaH (60% in oil, 75.6 mg, 3.15 mmol) is added to a RT solution of 4-bromo-5-methoxy-1 H-indole (500 mg, 2.1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The RM is stirred at RT for 20 min and iodomethane (0.145 mL, 2.31 mmol) is added. The RM is then stirred overnight at RT. Water is added, and the mixture is extracted twice with EtOAc. Combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSC>4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (heptane:EtOAc, 1 :0 to 7:3), affording the title compound as a beige solid (426 mg, 84%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.94 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 241.91. A.1.56. 6-Chloro-N-(2-(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is obtained from 2-(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride and 4,6- dichloropyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.98 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 301.19.

A.1.56.1. 2-(1 ,5-Dimethyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure E. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.58 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 189.37.

A.1.56.2. Tert-butyl (2-(1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is obtained from 4-bromo-1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indole following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.03 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 289.25.

A.1.56.3. 4-Bromo-1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-indole NaH (60% in oil, 81.4 mg, 3.39 mmol) is added to a RT solution of 4-bromo-5-methyl-1 H-indole (500 mg,

2.26 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). It is stirred at RT for 20 min and iodomethane (0.156 mL, 2.49 mmol) is added. The RM is stirred at RT for 3h. Water is added, and the mixture is extracted twice with EtOAc. Combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSCXi), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (heptane:EtOAc, 1 :0 to 7:3), affording the title compound as a beige solid (464 mg, 92%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.02 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 226.2.

A.1.57. N-(2-(4-bromo-1-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethyl)-6-iodopyrimidin-4-amine

The title compound is obtained from 2-(4-bromo-1-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethan-1 -amine and 4,6-diiodopyrimidine, following the general procedure F. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.98 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 456.94.

A.1.57.1. 2-(4-Bromo-1-methyl-1 H-indol-7-yl)ethan-1-amine The title compound is obtained from (E)-4-bromo-1 -methyl-7-(2-nitrovinyl)-1 H-indole, following the general procedure B. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.64 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 253.15. A.1.57.2. f£)-4-Bromo-1-methyl-7-(2-nitrovinyl)-1 H-indole

The title compound is obtained from 4-bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indole-7-carbaldehyde, following the general procedure A. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.03 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 281.04.

A.1.57.3. 4-Bromo-1-methyl-1 H-indole-7-carbaldehyde

Into an ice-cold solution of methyl 4-bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indole-7-carboxylate (1009 mg, 3.61 mmol) in THF (15 mL) is added dropwise a solution of LiAIH4 (2M in THF, 2.17 mL, 4.34 mmol), and the RM is stirred for 2 h allowing the temperature to reach RT. The RM is cooled again at 0°C, 165 μί of water, 0.330 mL of 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and 0.495 mL of water are added dropwise one after another and the RM is stirred for 30 min at RT. It is filtered over Celite, rinsing with DCM and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in THF (40 mL), Mn02 (3769 mg, 43.4 mmol) is added portionwise and the RM is stirred at RT for 24h. It is then filtered over Celite, the cake is rinsed with EtOAc and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the title compound as an orange oil (844 mg, 98%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.94 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 238.12.

A.1.58. 1-(2-((6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-8-fluoro-5-methox y-2-naphthonitrile

Tert-butyl (6-chloropyhmidin-4-yl)(2-(2-cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxynaphtha len-1 -yl)ethyl)carbamate (83 mg, 0.174 mmol) is suspended in HCI (4N in dioxane, 4.35 mL, 17.4 mmol) and stirred overnight at 60°C. The mixture is evaporated under vacuum and well dried under high vacuum, affording the title compound as a white solid 56 mg, 90%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.97 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 357.18.

A.1.58.1. Tert-butyl (6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)(2-(2-cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxynaphth alen-1- yl)ethyl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl (2-(2-cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamat e (100 mg, 0.267 mmol) in dioxane (6 mL) at RT is added portionwise NaH (60% suspension in oil, 48.1 mg, 1.2 mmol). The RM is stirred at RT for 5min, then 4-chloro-6-fluoropyrimidine (85.7 mg, 0.614 mmol) is added portionwise and the RM is refluxed for 20h. Under ice bath cooling and N2 the mixture is carefully quenched by dropwise addition of 5mL water. The main part of the dioxane is removed under vacuum, then it is extracted once with DCM then twice with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with 10mL of brine, dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by FC (Hept DCM 1 :0 to 0:1 ), affording the title compound as a white solid (83 mg, 66%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.32 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 457.26.

A.1.58.2. Tert-butyl (2-(2-cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamat e

A mixture of 2-cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (677 mg, 1.86 mmol), potassium tert-butyl N-[2-(trifluoroboranuidyl)ethyl]carbamate (514 mg, 2.05 mmol), and CS2CO3 (1 M, 5.6 mL, 5.58 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) is degassed with N2, then [1 ,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll), complex with dichloromethane (152 mg, 0.186 mmol) is added and the RM is refluxed for 2h. It is allowed to cool to RT, water and EtOAc are added, and the resulting mixture is filtered, rinsed with EtOAc and extracted. The combined organic layers are dried over MgSC>4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (Hept:EtOAc 1 :0 to 1 :1 ), affording the title compound as a beige solid (410 mg, 64%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.05 min; [M-tBu] ⁺ = 289.21.

A.1.58.3. 2-Cyano-8-fluoro-5-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate

To a solution of 8-fluoro-1 -hydroxy-5-methoxy-2-naphthonitrile (200 mg, 0.783 mmol) and TEA (0.284 mL, 2.04 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is added portionwise at RT N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (485 mg, 1.33 mmol). The RM is stirred overnight at RT, then concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by FC (HepLDCM 1 :0 to 1 :1 ). The title compound is obtained as a white solid (275 mg, 100%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.10 min; [M+CH ₃ CN+H] ⁺ = 391.27.

A.1.58.4. 8-Fluoro-1-hydroxy-5-methoxy-2-naphthonitrile

At RT under N2, 8-fluoro-1 -hydroxy-5-methoxy-2-naphthaldehyde (453 mg, 1.81 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (5 mL), then hydroxylamine hydrochloride (152 mg, 2.16 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 1 h. Acetyl chloride (0.158 mL, 2.19 mmol) is then added and the RM is heated at 100°C overnight. After cooling to RT, the mixture is treated with 25 mL of water and stirred for 1 h. It is then extracted once with DCM and twice with EtOAc, dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by FC (HeptEtOAc 1 :0 to 1 :1 ) to afford the title compound as a brown solid. LC-MS B: = 0.89 min; no ionization. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDC ) δ: 8.85 (m, 1 H), 8.17 (dd, J1 = 2.2 Hz, J2 = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (m, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J1 = 8.7 Hz, J2 = 10.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.97 (dd, J1 = 3.8 Hz, J2 = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.06 (s, 3 H).

A.1.58.5. 8-Fluoro-1-hydroxy-5-methoxy-2-naphthaldehyde

To (ZJ-8-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethylene)-5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronapht halen-1 (2H)-one (450 mg, 2.03 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) is added DDQ (506 mg, 2.23 mmol) in one portion. The RM is refluxed for 1 h. After cooling, the mixture is treated with sat. NaHCC>3 and extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgS04 and concentrated, to yield the title compound as an orange solid (450 mg, 100%). LC-MS B: = 0.96 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 221.35.

A.1.58.6. fZJ-8-Fluoro-2-(hydroxymethylene)-5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronapht halen-1 (2H)-one

A suspension of NaH (60% in oil, 352 mg, 8.81 mmol) in dry THF (16 mL) under nitrogen is stirred and cooled in an ice-acetone bath, whilst ethyl formate (1.22 mL, 14.7 mmol) is added to it. The mixture is stirred below - 5 °C for 20 min after which 8-fluoro-5-methoxy-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-one (500 mg, 2.45 mmol) is added in one portion. The RM is allowed to warm to RT. Methanol (1 mL) and then water (1 mL) are added dropwise at 0°C. The mixture is treated with 10 mL of 2N HCI and the THF is partially evaporated under reduced pressure. Then the mixture is extracted with DCM and the combined extracts are dried (MgS04), filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (Hept:DCM 100:0 to 75:25) the desired product as a yellow solid (450 mg, 83%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.90 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 223.37.

A.2. Synthesis of boronic acid derivatives of formula (4)

A.2.1. 3-Ethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

Lithium diisopropylamide (2.0 M in THF/hexanes, 25 mL, 49.6 mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of 3- ethoxythiophen e-2-ca rboxyl i c acid (4.00 g, 22.5 mmol) in dry THF (130 mL) at -78°C. The resulting RM is stirred for 30 min at -78°C then at 0°C for 10 min. Back at -78°C, a solution of 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborolane (9.38 mL, 45.1 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) is added dropwise and the RM is slowly allowed to warm to RT overnight. HCI 2N (50 mL) is added dropwise at 0°C, then the THF is removed in vacuo and the RM is extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried over MgSC>4 and the solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by FC (Hept DCM/EtOAc 1 :0:0 to 0:9:1 ), affording the title compound as a white solid (5.26 g, 78%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.48 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 217.07 (boronic acid, from hydrolysis of the pinacol ester on the LC-MS-column).

A.2.2. 5-(2-Ethoxy-4-(4,4,5 _! 5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)-1 H-tetrazole

A mixture of 2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzonitrile (500 mg, 1.83 mmol), azidotributyltin(IV) (0.768 mL, 2.75 mmol), and dry toluene (4 mL) is heated at 180°C for 1 h under MW irradiation. The RM is cooled to RT, treated with HCI 0.1 N and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified via FC (Heptane:EtOAc 100:0 to 10:90), affording the title compound as a white solid (135 mg, 23%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.94 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 317.26.

A.2.2.1. 2-Ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzonitrile

A solution of 2-hydroxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzonitrile (1.50 g, 6.12 mmol), K2CO3 (1.69 g, 12.2 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) and iodoethane (0.596 mL, 7.34 mmol) is heated at 120°C for 30 min. The RM is cooled down to RT, partitioned between DCM and 1 N NaHC03. The aqueous layer is re-extracted with DCM, the combined organics are dried (MgS04), and concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the title compound as a beige solid (1.31 g, 78%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.06 min; [M+CH ₃ CN] ⁺ = 315.26.

A.2.3. 2-(Difluoromethoxy)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborola n-2-yl)benzoic acid

To a solution of 4-bromo-2-(difluoromethoxy)benzoic acid (1.00 g, 3.56 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) are added at RT bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.355 g, 5.34 mmol), KOAc (1.047 g, 10.7 mmol) and 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene dichloropalladium (II) (208 mg, 0.285 mmol). The RM is stirred at 100°C for 17h, then cooled to RT and filtered through a pad of celite, washing with EtOAC. The filtrate is washed with water and the aqueous layer is extrated (x2) with EtOAc. Organic layers are combined, washed with brine, dried over MgS0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC eluting with DCM to afford the title compound as an orange solid (846 mg, 76%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.37 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 313.1 1. Following the procedure described for the synthesis of A.2.3. described above, the following boronic acid derivatives are synthesized, starting from the corresponding commercially available halides (see table 4).

Table 4: Boronic acid derivatives A.2.4. - A.2.6.

A.2.7. 2-Fluoro-6-propyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan- 2-yl)benzoic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3. , starting with 4-bromo-2-fluoro-6- propylbenzoic acid. LC-MS D: t _R = 0.48 min; [M-H] ⁺ = 307.1 1.

A.2.7.1. 4-Bromo-2-fluoro-6-propylbenzoic acid

To a solution of 4-bromo-2,6-difluorobenzoic acid (5.00 g, 21.1 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at 0°C is added dropwise over 30 min n-propylmagnesium bromide (2M in THF, 21.6 mL, 43.2 mmol). The RM is allowed to reach RT and stirred for 17h, then quenched carefully at 0°C with MeOH (10 mL). After stirring for 5 min, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is partitioned between EtOAc and 2N HCI. The aqueous phase is re-extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined org. phases are washed with water, brine, dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by FC (heptane/EtOAc 100:0 to 70:30) to afford the title compound as a white solid (4.45 g, 81 %). LC-MS A: tR = 0.84 min; no ionization.

A.2.8. 5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carbo xylic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.1., starting with 3- (trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.59 min; no ionization.

A.2.8.1. 3-(Trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

To a -78°C solution of 3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene (0.4 mL, 3.68 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) is added dropwise a solution of butyllithium (1.38M in hexane, 2.93 mL, 4.05 mmol) and the RM is stirred for 30 min. The RM is then poured over an excess of freshly crushed dry ice carbon dioxide. Once the RM is back at RT, HC1 1 N is added until pH<3 and the RM is extracted with DCM (3x). The organic layer is dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vacuum, affording the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.72 g, quantitative). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.69 min; no ionization.

A.2.9. 2-(2-Ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)acetic acid

A solution of ethyl 2-(2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate (1.285 g, 3.82 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) is treated with NaOH 10% (7.64 mL, 19.1 mmol) and the RM is stirred at 50°C for 30 min. The RM is cooled to RT and diluted with EtOAc. HCI 2N (15 mL) is added to reach acidic pH (<1 ). The aqueous layer is extracted twice with EtOAc. The resulting organic phase is dried over MgS04 and concentrated, affording the title compound as an orange paste. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.80 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 323.12.

A.2.9.1. Ethyl 2-(2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)acetate

A solution of 2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenol (3.47 g, 12.5 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) is treated successively with cesium carbonate (6.10 g, 18.7 mmol) and ethyl bromoacetate (1.48 mL, 13.1 mmol). The RM is stirred at RT for 1 h. Water is added, and the RM is extracted with Et20 (x 3). The combined organic layers are then washed successively with water (x 2) and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the pure product as a colorless oil (1.46g, 77%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.94 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 351.18.

A.2.10. (2-Ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)glycine

To a solution of methyl (2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)glycinate (207 mg, 0.61 mmol) in THF/H ₂ 0 (4:1 ) (5 mL) is added LiOH.H ₂ 0 (51 mg, 1.21 mmol) and the RM is stirred at RT for 2h. The RM is treated with HCI 1 N (1 mL) and extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgS04 and concentrated, affording the title compound as a brown oil (0.151 g, 78%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.82 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 322.07.

A.2.10.1. Methyl (2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phe nyl)glycinate

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with methyl (4-bromo- 2-ethoxyphenyl)glycinate. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.93 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 336.28.

A.2.10.2. Methyl (4-bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)glycinate

To a solution of 4-bromo-2-ethoxyaniline (0.60 g, 2.64 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) is added DiPEA (0.673 mL,

3.96 mmol) followed by methyl bromoacetate (0.275 mL, 2.9 mmol). The RM is stirred at 90°C for 1 h in the MW apparatus. The DMF is evaporated under high vacuum and the residue is purified by FC, eluting with Hept/EtOAc 1 :0 to 17:3 affording the title compound as a dark red oil (0.71 g, 94%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 288.08.

A.2.11. 3-(2-Ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5(4H)-one

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with 3-(4-bromo-2- ethoxyphenyl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5(4H)-one. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 333.06. A.2.11.1. 3-(4-Bromo-2-ethoxy pheny l)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5(4H)-one

A solution of 4-bromo-2-ethoxy-N'-hydroxybenzimidarnide (1.395 g, 5.38 mmol), 1 ,Γ-carbonyldiimidazole (1.31 g, 8.08 mmol) and 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (1.23 mL, 8.08 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) is stirred at 90°C for 4h30min. Once at RT, the product precipitated upon addition of HCI 1 M. Dioxane is partially evaporated via N2 stream prior to filtering off the solid under vacuum, washing with water. The title compound is obtained as a white solid (1.375 g, 90%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.81 min, [M+MeCN] ⁺ = 325.89.

A.2.11.2. 4-Bromo-2-ethoxy-N'-hydroxybenzimidamide

A suspension of 4-bromo-2-ethoxybenzonitrile (1.50 g, 6.5 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (913 mg, 13 mmol) and NaHCOs (1.365 g, 16.3 mmol) in water (1.32 mL) and EtOH (26.6 mL) is stirred in a sealed tube at 90 °C for 3h. Once at RT, the product precipitated from the RM upon addition of water. The solid is filtered off under high vacuum, washing with water and some Et20. A first crop of pure title compound (947mg) was thus obtained as white solid. The filtrate is extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer is then washed twice with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by FC (hept AcOEt 5:5) to yield another crop of the pure title compound as a white solid (448 mg), merged with the first batch from precipitation. The title compound is obtained as a white solid (1.395 g, 83%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.53min, [M+H] ⁺

= 259.03.

A.2.12. 3-(2-Ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)propanoic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with 3-(4-bromo-2- ethoxyphenoxy)propanoic acid. LC-MS D: t _R = 0.45 min; [M-H] ⁺ = 335.18.

A.2.12.1. 3-(4-Bromo-2-ethoxyphenoxy)propanoic acid

A MW vial is charged with 4-bromo-2-ethoxyphenol (1300 mg, 5.98 mmol), H ₂ 0 (5 mL), NaOH 32% (1.332 mL, 14.38 mmol) and 3-chloropropionic acid (674 mg, 6.08 mmol). It is sealed and irradiated at 120°C. The RM is diluted in water and pH is decreased to pH9 with HCI 2N then is extracted twice with EtOAc. The basic aqueous layer is then acidified to pH2 and extracted twice with EtOAc, the combined organic extracts are washed with water, brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to dryness, yielding the title compound as a a white powder (0.448 g, 56%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 289.10.

A.2.13. Methyl (EJ-3-(3-ethoxy-5-(4,4,5 _! 5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophen-2-yl)acrylate

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.1., starting with methyl (ξ)-3-(3- ethoxythiophen-2-yl)acrylate. LC-MS A: t _R = 1.02 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 339.14.

A.2.13.1. Methyl f£J-3-(3-ethoxythiophen-2-yl)acrylate

A suspension of 3-ethoxythiophene-2-carbaldehyde (2.90 g, 18.6 mmol), methyl bromoacetate (3.07 mL, 33.4 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (7.305 g, 27.8 mmol ) in aq saturated NaHC03 (100 mL) is stirred at RT for 5h. THF (30 mL) is added and the RM is stirred overnight at RT. It is then extracted twice with DCM. The combined organic layers are dried over MgSC>4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude is purified by FC (Hept/EtOAc 9:1 ) to afford the title compound as a dark orange oil (2.9 g, 100%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.69 min; [M+MeCN] ⁺ = 198.26.

A.2.14. 3-(3-Ethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophen-2-yl)propanoic acid

To a solution of methyl fE)-3-(3-ethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophen-2-yl)acrylate [A.2.13.] (250 mg, 0.786 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) is added Pd/C 5% wet (50 mg). Then the vessel is inertized with N2 and flushed with H2. The RM is placed in a autoclave and it is stirred overnight at RT under 4 Bar of H2, then for 1d at 50°C under 4 bar of H ₂ . After filtration on whatman filter, NaOH 10% (1.18 mL, 1 1.8 mmol) is added and the RM is stirred for 1 h at RT. It is then treated with HCI 2N until pH<1 and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated, to afford the title compound as a dark yellow oil (287 mg, 74%). LC- MS A: t _R = 0.86 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 327.09.

A.2.15. 3-Ethoxy-4-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)cyclobut-3-ene-1 ,2-dione

3-Ethoxy-4-(tributylstannyl)cyclobut-3-ene-1 ,2-dione (335 mg, 0.807 mmol) and 4-iodophenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (298 mg, 0.904 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (4 mL) with N2 bubbling for 5 min. Trans- Benzyl(chloro)bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(ll) (36.7 mg, 0.0484 mmol) and Cul (15.4 mg, 0.0807 mmol) are added and the RM is stirred at RT for 3h., then filtered over a microglass filter, concentrated under vacuum and purified by FC (H:EtOAc 100:0 to 80:20) to obtain the title compound as a yellow solid (127 mg, 48%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.97 min; [M+MeCN]+ = 370.07.

A.2.16. 3-(3-Methoxy-5-(4,4,5 _! 5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophen-2-yl)ox etan-3-ol

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.1., starting with 3-(3-methoxythiophen- 2-yl)oxetan-3-ol. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.78 min; [M-H20]+ = 295.12.

A.2.16.1. 3-(3-Methoxythiophen-2-y l)oxetan-3-ol

To a stirred solution of 3-methoxythiophene (1.00 g, 8.58 mmol) and Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylethylenediamine (1.55 mL, 10.3 mmol) in Et ₂ 0 (30 mL) is added butyllithium (1.6M in Hexane, 6.4 mL, 10.3 mmol) dropwise at 0°C. The RM is stirred at RT for 30 min, then 3-oxetanone (0.761 mL, 12.9 mmol) is added dropwise and the RM is stirred at RT for 35min, then diluted with water, the aqueous layer is extracted three times with EtOAc and the combined organic layers are dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (Hept to Hept EtOAc 8:2) to give the title compound as a light-yellow oil (1.123 g, 70%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.53 min; [M-H ₂ 0] ⁺ = 169.04.

A.2.17. Methyl 2-(3-ethoxy-5-(4,4,5 _! 5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophen-2-yl)acetate

A suspension of methyl 2-(3-ethoxythiophen-2-yl)acetate (815 mg, 4.07 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (633 mg, 2.44 mmol), (1 ,5-cyclooctadiene)(methoxy)iridium(l) dimer (28.9 mg, 0.0437 mmol) and 4,4'-di-tert-butyl-2,2'- dipyridyl (26.8 mg, 0.0999 mmol) in THF (19.3 mL) is degassed with a nitrogen stream for 15min and then stirred at 80°C overnight. The RM is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by FC (Hept to Hept/EtOAc 9:1 ) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil which crystallizes upon standing. LC-MS A: tR = 1.03 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 327.14.

A.2.17.1. Methyl 2-(3-ethoxythiophen-2-yl)acetate

Silver benzoate (1800 mg, 7.78 mmol) is added portionwise to a solution of 2-diazo-1-(3-ethoxythiophen-2- yl)ethan-1 -one (2025 mg, 10.3 mmol) and TEA (4.31 mL, 31 mmol) in MeOH (52.7 mL) and the RM is stirred at RT for 2h. It is then diluted with EtOAc and filtered over celite. The filtrate is washed twice with sat. aq. NaHCC>3 and once with brine. The organic layer is dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by FC (Hept to Hept EtOAc 95:5) to yield the title compound as a light yellow oil (817 mg, 40%). LC-MS A: tR = 0.86 min, [M+H] ⁺ = 201.14.

A.2.17.2. 2-Diazo-1-(3-ethoxythiophen-2-yl)ethan-1-one

A solution of 3-ethoxythiophene-2-carboxylicacid (2500 mg, 14.1 mmol) in DCM (120 mL) is treated with thionyl chloride (1.56 mL, 21.1 mmol), dropwise. The RM is stirred at RT overnight, it is then concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is dissolved in MeCN (80 mL). TEA (2.2 mL, 15.8 mmol) is added dropwise and the solution is cooled down to 0°C. (Trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2M solution, 15 mL, 30 mmol) is added dropwise and the RM is stirred at RT for 2d. It is then carefully quenched by dropwise addition of AcOH, until no more bubbling is observed. The RM is then concentrated and the residue is partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer is then washed with sat. aq. NaHC0 ₃ and with brine, dried (MgSCXi) and concentrated. The residue is purified by FC (Hept to Hept/EtOAc 8:2) to yield the title compound as an intense yellow solid (2.028 g, 73%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.78min, [M+H] ⁺ = 197.15.

A.2.18. Ethyl 2-((2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5 _! 5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)amino)-2- oxoacetate

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with ethyl 2-((4-bromo-2- ethoxyphenyl)amino)-2-oxoacetate. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.98 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 364.21.

A.2.18.1. Ethyl 2-((4-bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)amino)-2-oxoacetate

To a solution of 4-bromo-2-ethoxyaniline (1.10 g, 4.84 mmol) in DCM (35 mL) is added Et ₃ N (0.748 mL, 5.32 mmol) at RT. The RM is cooled to 0°C and ethyl oxalyl chloride (0.61 mL, 5.32 mmol) is added dropwise. The

RM is stirred for 30 min at 0°C then allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 30 min. The RM is partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated aqueous solution of NaHC03. The two layers are separated and the organic layers washed with water, brine then dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed under vacuo, affording the title compound as a brown solid (1.52 g, 99%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.92 min; [M+MeCN] ⁺ = 316.04. A.2.19. 2-Butoxy-6-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with 4-bromo-2-butoxy-6- fluorobenzoic acid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.92 min; [M+H]= 339.21.

A.2.19.1. 4-Bromo-2-butoxy-6-fluorobenzoic acid Methyl 4-bromo-2-butoxy-6-fluorobenzoate (1246 mg, 3.94 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (15 mL). NaOH 32% (1.82 mL, 19.7 mmol) is added and the RM is heated up to 60°C for 1 h. it is then cooled to RT and diluted with EtOAc. HCI 2N (10 mL) is added to reach acidic pH (<2). The aq. layer is extracted twice with EtOAc. The resulting organic phase is dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated, affording the title compound as a white solid. LC-MS D: t _R = 0.52 min; [M-H] ⁺ = 290.89.

A.2.19.2. Methyl 4-bromo-2-butoxy-6-fluorobenzoate

To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-2-fluoro-6-hydroxybenzoate (1.00 g, 4.02 mmol) in DMF (10 mL), is added Cs ₂ C0 ₃ (2.62 g, 8.03 mmol) followed by 1-iodobutane (0.685 mL, 6.02 mmol). The RM is stirred at 120°C for 2h in the MW. The RM is concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue is partitioned between DCM and water. The aqueous layer is re-extracted with DCM, the combined organics are dried (MgSC^), and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by FC (Hept EtOAc 1 :0 to 19:1 ) affords the title compound as a colourless oil (1.24 g, 99%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.98 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 306.84.

A.2.20. 2-(2-Ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with 2-(4-bromo-2- ethoxyphenyl)acetic acid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.91 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 307.27.

A.2.20.1. 2-(4-Bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)acetic acid

Ethyl 2-(4-bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)acetate (4538 mg, 16.6 mmol) is dissolved in ethanol (30 mL), then NaOH 10% (27.7 mL, 73.1 mmol) is added and the RM is stirred overnight at RT. It is then treated by dropwise addition of HCI 37 % (6.37 mL, 76.3 mmol), extracted with 60 mL DCM then twice with 30 mL of EtOAc, dried over MgS04 and evaporated under vacuum, affording the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.5 g,

100%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.84 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 258.68.

A.2.20.2. Ethyl 2-(4-bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)acetate

To 4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenylacetic acid (2800 mg, 1 1.9 mmol) in DMF (28 mL) is added cesium carbonate (7749 mg, 23.8 mmol) and iodoethane (3.35 mL, 41.6 mmol). The RM is stirred at RT for 3h. Water is added and the mixture is extracted with Et20 (3 x). The combined organic layers are washed with water (2 x), then dried over MgS04 and concentrated to dryness. The residue is purified by FC (Hept to Hept EtOAc 9:1 ), affording the title compound as a colourless oil (3.02 g, 88%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.01 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 287.01.

A.2.21. 2-(methylthio)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid

NaOH (2.77N, 16.6 mL, 45.9 mmol) is added to a solution of methyl 2-(methylthio)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate (7680 mg, 22.9 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL). The RM is stirred overnight at RT, then concentrated under reduced pressure. HCI 25% is added until pH<2 and the mixture is extracted twice with DCM. Combined organic layers are dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the title compound as a white solid (6.37 g, 94%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 295.18. A.2.21.1. Methyl 2-(methylthio)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with methyl 4- bromo-2-(methylthio)benzoate. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.06 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 309.18.

A.2.21.2. Methyl 4-bromo-2-(methylthio)benzoate

To a solution of 4-bromo-2-sulfanylbenzoic acid (5000 mg, 19.5 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) is added portionwise cesium carbonate (13492 mg, 41 mmol), followed by iodomethane (3.07 mL, 48.8 mmol) and the RM is stirred at RT for 30min. Water is added and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (x 3). The organic layer is then washed twice with water, dried over MgSC>4 and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, affording the title compound as an orange oil (5.60 g, quant.). LC-MS B: tR = 0.97 min; no ionization. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ: 7.82 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 2 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 2.46 (s, 3 H).

B- Preparation of examples

Compounds of Examples 1 - 134 listed in Table 5 below are prepared by applying either General H or G to the pyrimidine halide derivatives A.1.1. - A.1.45. coupled with commercially available boronic acid derivatives or with boronic acid derivatives A.2.1. - A.2.19.

Table 5: Exam les 1 - 134

5-{6-[2-(6-Methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl }-3-trifluoromethyl-

81 0.7 (C) 475 thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

5-[6-(2-Quinolin-8-yl-ethylamino)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-3-trifluor omethyl-thiophene-2-

82 1.0 (C) 445.4 carboxylic acid ( )

5-(4-{6-[2-(6-Methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4 -yl}-phenyl)-isoxazol-3-

83 ol [tautomeric form: 5-(4-(6-((2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4- 0.6 (C) 440.4 yl)phenyl)isoxazol-3(2H)-one]

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(6-methyl-isoquinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino ]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-

84 0.6 (C) 455 benzoic acid

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(6-methyl-isoquinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyr imidin -yl}-thiophene-

85 0.6 (C) 435.2 2-carboxylic acid

(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(6-methyl-isoquinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-y l}-phenoxy)-

86 0.5 (C) 459.2 acetic acid

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(7-methoxy-4-methyl-quinolin-8-yl)-eth ylamino]-pyrimidin-4-

87 0.7 (C) 485.2 (C)yl}-benzoic acid

(2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyri midin -yl}-

88 0.5 (C) 472.1 phenylamino)-acetic acid

3-(3-Methoxy-5-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-p yrimidin-4-yl}-

89 0.5 (C) 465.1 thiophen-2-yl)-oxetan-3-ol

90 2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrim idin-4-yl}-phenol 0.5 (C) 417

3-Hydroxy-4-(4-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylamino ]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)-

91 0.5 (C) 453 cyclobut-3-ene-1 ,2-dione

3-(4-{6-[2-(1 ,5-Dimethyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)-4-

92 0.8 (C) 440.3 hydroxy-cyclobut-3-ene-1 ,2-dione

2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzoic acid

93 0.9 (C) 432.3

2-Cyclobutoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-

94 1.0 (C) 458 benzoic acid ( )

3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2-

95 1.1 (C) 438.4 carboxylic acid ( )

(2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenoxy)-

96 0.8 (C) 462.3 acetic acid ( )

(2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-fluoro-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)-

97 0.8 (C) 446.3 acetic acid ( ) 5-(4-{6-[2-(2-Methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin -4-yl}-phenyl)-

134 isoxazol-3-ol [tautomeric form: 5-(4-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1- 0.9 (C) 439 yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)isoxazol-3(2H)-one]

Example 135: 3-Ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)pyri midin-4-yl)-N- sulfamoylthiophene-2-carboxamide

To a solution of 3-ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thioph

acid (Example 4, 70 mg, 0.156 mmol) in DMSO/THF (2:1 , 3 mL) is added CDI (37.9 mg, 0.234 mmol). The RM is heated at 60°C for 1 h, cooled to RT and treated with sulfamide (33.3 mg, 0.343 mmol) and DBU (0.0582 mL, 0.389 mmol). It is then stirred at RT for 2h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by prep. HPLC, to afford the title compound as a beige solid (21 mg, 26%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.91 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 528.16.

Example 136: N-(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]- pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophene-2- carbonyl)-methanesulfonamide

Following the same method as described for example 135, using methyl sulfonamide, the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.99 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 527.15.

Example 137: 3-(3-Ethoxy-5-{6-[2-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiophen-2-yl)- [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-(5-(6-((2-(1 H-indol-4-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3- ethoxythiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol]

To a solution of 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol (61.3 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) at RT are added (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (141 mg, 0.31 mmol) and Et ₃ N (0.14 mL, 1 mmol). The RM is stirred at RT for 1 h then 2-(1 H-indol-4-yl)ethan-1-amine (0.26 mmol) is added. The resulting RM is stirred overnight at 80°C. The crude RM is purified by prep. HPLC, to afford the title compound as a pale yellow powder (35 mg, 35%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.85 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 449.02.

a) 3-(3-Ethoxy-5-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol

A suspension of 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin -yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol (5180 mg, 12.1 mmol) in HCI (4M in dioxane, 100 mL) is heated at 100°C overnight, cooled down to RT, and the solvent is partially removed. The solid residue is filtered off washing with water, and dried under high vacuum, affording the title compound as a light yellow solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.66 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 307.01.

b) 3-(3-Ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol

To a RM of 3-ethoxy-N'-hydroxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin -yl)thiophene-2-carboximidamide (6930 mg, 22.6 mmol) and DBU (8.62 mL, 56.5 mmol) in dioxane/DMSO (3:2, 220 mL) is added CDI (5498 mg, 33.9 mmol). The RM is stirred at 100°C for 30min, then cooled to RT. Evaporation of the solvent and trituration in 2N HCI afforded the title compound as a yellow solid (7.15 g, 99%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.14. c) 3-Ethoxy-N'-hydroxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-c arboximidamide

A suspension of 3-ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile (6860 mg, 24.7 mmol), TEA (10.3 mL, 74 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.59 mL, 61.7 mmol) in EtOH (220 mL) is refluxed for 3h, then cooled to RT and treated with water (30 mL)The yellow solid is filtered off and dried under high vacuum. The filtrate is concentrated and the solid is triturated in water, filtered off and combined with the first crop. The title compound is obtained as a yellow solid (6.93 g, 95%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.62 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 295.23. d) 3-Ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile

Cyanuric chloride (6248 mg, 33.5 mmol) is added portionwise at 0°C to a suspension of 3-ethoxy-5-(6- methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carboxamide (6940 mg, 22.4 mmol) in DMF (130 mL). The RM is then stirred at RT for 45 min. It is cooled at 0°C and diluted with water. The solid is filtered off, washing with water and then EtOAc, and dried under high vacuum. The filtrate is extracted twice with EtOAc, combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Both solids are combined to afford the title compound as a beige solid (5.49 g, 94%). LC-MS B: tR = 1.00 min;

[M+H] ⁺ = 262.26.

e) 3-Ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carboxamide

CDI (4861 mg, 29.1 mmol) is added to a solution of 3-ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2- carboxylic acid (7410 mg, 26.4 mmol) in THF (140 mL) at RT. The RM is stirred for 30 min, then NH40H (25% solution, 61.1 mL, 397 mmol) is added, and the RM is stirred at RT for 30min, then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is triturated in 2N HCI. The title compound is filtered off, dried under high vacuum, and obtained as a yellow solid (6.94 g, 94%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.79 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 280.22.

f) 3-Ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

A suspension of methyl 3-ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin -yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (7870 mg, 26.2 mmol) in MeOH (210 mL) and NaOH 2M (38.8 mL, 419 mmol) is stirred overnight at RT. It is then acidified with HCI

24.5% (8N) (60mL), MeOH is removed under vacuum and the slury is filtered, to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (7.41 g, 99% ). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.77 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 281.19.

g) Methyl 3-ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate

A RM of methyl 3-ethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (10520 mg, 30 mmol), 4-chloro-6-methoxypyrimidine (4645 mg, 31.5 mmol), dichloro(1 ,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene) palladium (II) dichloromethane adduct) (2449 mg, 3 mmol) and potassium phosphate tribasic monohydrate (20719 mg, 90 mmol) in water (4 mL) and DMF (150 mL) is degassed for 20 min under a nitrogen stream, then stirred at RT for 1 hi 5. The RM is filtered through celite, the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum, the residue is partitioned between water and EtOAc. The organic layer is further washed with brine, dried over MgS0 ₄ , filtered and concentrated. Purification by FC (heptane/EtOAc, from 1 :0 to 0:1 ) affords the title compound as a yellow solid (7.87 g, 89% ). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.93 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 295.18.

h) Methyl 3-ethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thio phene-2-carboxylate

The title compound is prepared according to the synthesis of A.2.1. using methyl 3-ethoxythiophene-2- carboxylate, and obtained as a white solid; LC-MS B: t _R = 0.63 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 313.13. Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137, the following examples are synthesized, starting from 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-hydroxypyri mid i n-4-yl )thiophen-2-yl )- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol and the corresponding commercially available arylethyl amines (see table 6).

Table 6: Examples 138 - 144

Example 145: {6-[4-Ethoxy-5-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-thiophen-2-yl]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-[2-(6-methox y-quinolin-5-yl)- ethyl]-amine

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137, using 2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1- amine hydrochloride and 6-(4-ethoxy-5-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)thiophen-2-yl)pyrimidin4-ol, the title compound is obtained as a pale yellow powde. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.61 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 475.08. a) 6-(4-Ethoxy-5-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)thiophen-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-ol

4-(4-Ethoxy-5-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-6-methoxypyrimidine (30 mg, 0.0986 mmol) is treated with HCI 4M in dioxane (0.5 mL) and the RM is stirred at 55-60 °C overnight. It is then concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by prep. HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (12 mg, 42%). LC-MS A: tR = 0.59 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 291.04.

b) 4-(4-Ethoxy-5-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)thiophen-2-yl)-6-methoxypyrimidine

To a solution of 3-ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile (Example 137-d, 72 mg, 0.276 mmol) in toluene (2.1 mL), trimethylsilylazide (0.0544 mL, 0.413 mmol) and dibutyltin oxide (6.86 mg, 0.0276 mmol) are added. The RM is stirred at 110°C overnight in a sealed tube. The solvent is evaporated, then the residue is dissolved in MeOH and adjusted to pH = 10 with NaOH 2M. The solution is loaded onto a PE_AX cartridge for standard catch&release protocol, which afforded the title compound as a yellow solid (43 mg, 51 %). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.78 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 305.06.

Example 146: 3-Ethoxy-N-hydroxy-5-{6-[2-(6-methoxy-quinolin-5-yl)-ethylam ino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}- thiophene-2-carboxamidine

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-c, using 3-ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(6-methoxyquinolin- 5-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.56 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 465.03.

a) 3-Ethoxy-5-(6-((2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)ami

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137, using 2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethan- 1 -amine hydrochloride and 3-ethoxy-5-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile , the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.74 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 432.16.

b) 3-Ethoxy-5-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-a, using 3-ethoxy-5-(6-methoxypyrimidin- 4-yl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile (Example 137-d), the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.69 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 242.12.

Example 147: 4-Ethoxy-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyr imidin-4-yl}-thiazole-5- carboxylic acid

To a solution of ethyl 4-ethoxy-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate (58.3 mg, 0.2 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) are added Et ₃ N (0.151 mL, 1.08 mmol) and PyBop (150 mg, 0.288 mmol). The RM is stirred at RT for a few minutes until complete dissolution and 2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride (59 mg, 0.25 mmol) is added. The RM is heated at 100 °C for 30 min in the MW apparatus. NaOH 10% (0.721 mL, 2 mmol) is added and the RM is stirred at 70°C overnight. Purification by prep. LC-MS affords the title compound as a yellow solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.74 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 451.17.

a) Ethyl 4-ethoxy-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-a with ethyl 4-ethoxy-2-(6- methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.78 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 296.15.

b) Ethyl 4-ethoxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate

To a solution of ethyl 4-hydroxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate (1730 mg, 6.15 mmol) in

DMF (40 mL) at RT under argon is added K ₂ C0 ₃ (2168 mg, 15.4 mmol), and the RM is heated at 60°C. lodoethane (0.749 mL, 9.23 mmol) is added and the RM is stirred at 75°C overnight. It is then cooled to RT, and water (75 mL) is added. The aq layer is extracted with DCM, the organic extracts are dried (MgSC>4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the crude title compound as an orange solid (1.75 g, 76%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.04 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 310.24.

c) Ethyl 4-hydroxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate

To a solution of 6-methoxypyrimidine-4-carbothioamide (1000 mg, 5.85 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) is added pyridine (1.9 mL, 23.4 mmol) at RT, followed by diethyl bromomalonate (1.52 mL, 8.19 mmol). The RM is heated at reflux overnight, then cooled to RT and treated with HCI 2N. The product is filtered off. The layers of the filtrate are separated and the aq layer is extracted twice with EtOAC. The combined organic layers are dried over MgSC>4, filtered, evaporated to dryness. The residue is combined with the first crop, yielding the title compound as a brown solid (1.73 g, 99%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 282.18.

Example 148: 4-Ethyl-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyri midin-4-yl}-thiazole-5- carboxylic acid

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 147, using 2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1- amine hydrochloride and ethyl 4-ethyl-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate, the title compound is obtained as a orange solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.96 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 435.03.

a) Ethyl 4-ethyl-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-a with ethyl 4-ethy I -2-(6-eth oxy pyri m id i n- 4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate, the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.73 min; [M+H] ⁺ =

266.26.

b) Ethyl 4-ethyl-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate

To a solution of methyl 2-chloro-3-oxovalerate (0.96 mL, 6.5 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) is added 6- methoxypyrimidine-4-carbothioamide (1000 mg, 5.91 mmol) and the RM is refluxed overnight. Methyl 2- chloro-3-oxovalerate (1.31 mL, 8.86 mmol) is added and the RM is further refluxed for 24h, then cooled at RT and treated with water (15 mL), cooled down to 0°C. The precipitate is filtered off, rinsed with MeOH and dried under high vacuum, affording the title compound as a pinkish solid (485 mg, 28%). LC-MS B: t _R = 1.07 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 294.20.

Example 149: 3-(4-Ethoxy-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]- pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiazol-5-yl)- [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-(4-ethoxy-2-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1- yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol] (Ί ) Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137, using 2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1- amine hydrochloride and 3-(4-ethoxy-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.09 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 491.09.

a) 3-(4-Ethoxy-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1,2,4-o xadiazol-5-ol

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-a with 3-(4-ethoxy-2-(6- methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol, the title compound is obtained as a yellowish solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.68 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 308.17.

b) 3-(4-Ethoxy-2-(6-methoxypyrirnidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5-ol

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-b with 4-ethoxy-N'-hydroxy-2-(6- methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboximidamide, the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.94 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.93.

c) 4-Ethoxy-N'-hydroxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-ca rboximidamide

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-c with 4-ethoxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin- 4-yl)thiazole-5-carbonitrile, the title compound is obtained as a deep yellow solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.67 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 296.17.

d) 4-Ethoxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carbonitrile

NH4OH (25%, 4.05 mL, 26.3 mmol) and I2 (1824 mg, 7.19 mmol) are added at 0°C to a solution of 4-ethoxy- 2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (465 mg, 1.75 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and the RM is stirred at RT for 3h. It is then poured in 10mL of NaHSC>3 40% (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated under vacuum, to afford the title compound as an orange solid. LC-MS B: tR = 1.02 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 263.25.

e) 4-Ethoxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carbaldehyde

A RM of ethyl 4-ethoxy-2-(6-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate (Example 147-b, 706 mg, 2.64 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is cooled down to -78°C and DiBAI-H (1 M in THF, 5.28 mL, 5.28 mmol) is added dropwise. The RM is stirred at RT overnight. The RM is quenched at 0°C by dropwise addition of water (200 uL), then NaOH 10% (400uL) and finally water (600 uL). The aluminium precipitate is filtered over a pad of Celite and rinced with EtOAc. The filtrate is dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and Mn02 (2701 mg, 26.4 mmol) is added. The RM is stirred 5h at RT, then filtered over a pad of Celite and rinsed with EtOAc. The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the title compound as a light orange solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.97 min; [M+H] ⁺ =

266.25.

Example 150: 5-{6-[2-(2-Methoxy-quinolin-8-yl)-ethylamino]^yrimidin -yl} rifluoromethyl-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid

Following the general procedure F with 2-(2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 5-(6- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxy lic acid, the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: tR = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 475.00. a) 5-(6-Chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-ca rboxylic acid

Following the general procedure G, using 4,6-dichloropyrimidine and 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (A.2.8.), the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.83 min; [M+MeCN] ⁺ = 349.91.

b) 2-(2-Methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride

Following the general procedure E with tert-butyl (2-(2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.58 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 203.24.

c) Tert-butyl (2-(2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate

Following the general procedure C with 8-iodo-2-methoxyquinoline, the title compound is obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.94 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 303.07.

d) 8-lodo-2-methoxyquinoline

To a suspension of 8-iodo-1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-2-one (1.55 g, 5.72 mmol) in DMF (0.66 mL, 8.58 mmol) and toluene (10 mL) at 95°C is added dropwise POC (0.425 mL, 4.57 mmol). The RM is stirred at 95°C for 1 h, then cooled to 0°C and quenched with 32% NaOH (1.59 mL, 17.2 mmol). It is then diluted with 5 mL water and the RM heated up to 30°C to get the RM complete dissolved. The layers are separated and the organic layer is washed with 5mL water, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in 15 mL toluene. NaOMe (25% in MeOH, 3.92 mL, 17.2 mmol) is added and the RM is heated up to 80°C and stirred for 1 h. The RM is cooled down to 10°C, acidified with 32% HCI. The resulting yellow suspension is diluted with 5ml water, and the solution is stirred for 10 min, then the layers are separated. The organic layer is washed with 5ml water and evaporated to dryness. The residue is purified by FC, eluting with DCM, affording the title compound as a light yellow solid (1.36 g, 83%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.95 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 286.05.

Example 151 : 5-{6-[2-(7-Fluoro-2-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrim idin-4-yl}-3-trifluorom thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ( )

Following the general procedure F with 2-(7-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 5-(6- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxy lic acid (Example 150-a), the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.92 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 492.98.

a) 2-(7-Fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride

Following the general procedure E with tert-butyl (2-(7-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.58 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 221.20.

b) Tert-butyl (2-(7-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate

Following the general procedure C with 8-bromo-7-fluoro-2-methoxyquinoline, the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.96 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.06.

Example 152: 5-{6-[2-(6-Fluoro-2-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl)-ethylamino]-pyrim idin-4-yl}-3-trifluoromethyl- thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ( ) Following the general procedure F with 2-(6-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 5-(6- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxy lic acid (Example 150-a), the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.91 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 492.98.

a) 2-(6-Fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride

Following the general procedure E with tert-butyl (2-(6-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 221.18.

b) Tert-butyl (2-(6-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate

Following the general procedure C with 6-fluoro-8-iodo-2-methoxyquinoline, the title compound is obtained as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.97 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.09.

c) 6-Fluoro-8-iodo-2-methoxyquinoline

Following the procedure described for Example 150-d, with 6-fluoro-8-iodo-1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-2-one, the title compound is obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.97 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 304.16.

Example 153: 5-{6-[2-(6-Fluoro-2-methoxy-quinolin-8-yl)-ethylam

thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ( )

Following the general procedure F with 2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride and 5-(6- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxy lic acid (Example 150-a), the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.91 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 492.98.

a) 2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride

Following the general procedure E with tert-butyl (2-(6-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.61 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 221.20.

b) Tert-butyl (2-(6-fluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)ethyl)carbamate

Following the general procedure C with 6-fluoro-8-iodo-2-methoxyquinoline, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.97 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.10.

c) 6-Fluoro-8-iodo-2-methoxyquinoline

Following the procedure described for Example 150-d, with 5-f I uoro-8-i od o-d i hyd roq u i n ol i n -2( 1 H)-one, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.97 min; no ionization.

d) 5-Fluoro-8-iodo-dihydroquinolin-2(1 H)-one

A solution of N-(5-fluoro-2-iodophenyl)-3,3-dimethoxypropanamide (24 g, 68 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) is added dropwise at RT to sulfuric acid (100 g, 1.02 mol). The RM is stirred at RT for 2h, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is added to 250 g ice, DCM (500 mL) is added and the RM is stirred for 15 min. The organic layer is separated and washed with water then concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the title compound as a beige solid (19 g, 97%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.72 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 289.97.

e) N-(5-Fluoro-2-iodophenyl)-3,3-dimethoxypropanamide

To a solution of 5-fluoro-2-iodoaniline (15 g, 61.4 mmol) and methyl 3,3-dimethoxypropionate (1 1.5 g, 73.7 mmol) inTHF (300 mL) at 0 °C is added NaHMDS (46 mL , 91.9 mmol) via dropping funnel. The RM is then stirred at RT for 1.5h. 40% Citric acid is added to pH = 4, the organic solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue is diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo, yielding the title compound as a beige solid (24.8 g, quantitative). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.79 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 353.95.

Example 154: 5-{6-[2-(6-Methoxy-1-methyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro

trifluoromethyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

Following the general procedure F with 2-(6-methoxy-1-methyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1 -amine and

5-(6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophene-2 -carboxylic acid (Example 150-a), the title compound is obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.66 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 493.01.

a) 2-(6-Methoxy-1-methyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine

Following the general procedure E with tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxy-1-methyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-5- yl)ethyl)carbamate, the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.31 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 221.26. b) Tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxy-1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-5-yl)ethyl )carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxy-1 -methyl-quinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate hydroiodide (328 mg, 0.738 mmol) in MeOH (13 mL) and H ₂ 0 (1 mL) at 0°C is added sodium borohydride (162 mg, 4.29 mmol) portionwise. The RM is then allowed to stir at RT for 4h30. The RM is cooled to 0 °C and sodium borohydride (162 mg, 4.29 mmol) are added. The RM is stirred at RT o/n, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue is poured into water and extracted 2x with DCM. The combined extracts are washed with brine then dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (hept./EtOAc 8:2) to obtain the title compound as a yellow oil (66 mg, 28%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.64 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 321.14.

c) Tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxy-1-methyl-quinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate hydroiodide

A solution of tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate (300 mg, 0.992 mmol) in acetone (2.2 mL) is treated with iodomethane (0.144 mL, 2.29 mmol) then allowed to stir at RT for 2 days. The yellow precipitate is then filtered, washed with acetone and dried under high vaccum to afford the target product as a light yellow solid (329 mg, 75%). LC-MS A: t _R = 0.61 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 317.19.

d) Tert-butyl (2-(6-methoxyquinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate

Following the general procedure C with 5-bromo-6-methoxyquinoline, the title compound is obtained as a brown solid. LC-MS A: t _R = 0.65 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 240.07.

Example 155: 2-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxy)-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-eth ylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}- benzoic acid ( )

Following the general procedure G with 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin -amine (A.1.6.) and methyl 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate, the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.73 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 460.21.

a) Methyl 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborola n-2-yl)benzoate

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with methyl 4-bromo- 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzoate. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 323.26.

b) Methyl 4-bromo-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzoate NaH (101 mg, 4.2 mmol) is added portionwise to a 0°C solution of methyl 4-bromo-2-hydroxybenzoate (500 mg, 2.1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The RM is stirred for a few minutes at 0°C, then 2-bromoethanol (0.235 mL, 3.15 mmol) is added and the RM is stirred at 90°C for 2h45, then cooled to RT. Water is added to the RM and it is extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by FC (heptane/EtOAc, 1 :0 to 6:4), affording the title compound as a colorless oil (358 mg, 62%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.77 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 275.14. Example 156: 3-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-eth ylamino]^yrimidin-4-yl}- thiophene-2-carboxylic acid ( )

Following the general procedure G with 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)pyrimidin -amine (A.1.6.) and 7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-e][1 ,4]dioxepin-5-one, the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.77 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 465.91.

a) 7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-e][1,4]dio xepin-5-one

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.17., starting with 2,3-dihydro- 5H-thieno[3,2-e][1 ,4]dioxepin-5-one. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.51 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 215.41 (mass from boronic acid from pinacol ester cleavage during LC-MS analysis).

b) 2,3-Dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-e][1 ,4]dioxepin-5-one

A MW vial is charged with K2CO3 (623 mg, 4.5 mmol), methyl 3-hydroxythiophene-2-carboxylate (250 mg, 1.5 mmol) and DMF (5 mL). The RM is stirred for a few minutes then 2-bromoethanol (0.146 mL, 1.95 mmol) is added, the vial is capped and heated at 100°C fo 2h under MW irradiation. 2-Bromoethanol (0.0319 mL, 0.45 mmol) is added and the RM is stirred at 90°C overnight, under thermal conditions. Once at RT, water is added and the RM is extracted thrice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried over MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure, affording the crude title compound as a brownish solid (338 mg, quantitative). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.61 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 170.94.

Example 157: 3-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-5-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-y l)-ethylamino]-pyrimidin-4- yl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid

To a solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)pyr imidin-4-yl)thiophene-2- carboxylate (29 mg, 0.0666 mmol), Cs ₂ C0 ₃ (65.1 mg, 0.2 mmol) and TBAI (5 mg, 0.0133 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) is added (2-bromoethyl)dimethylamine (49 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the RM is heated at 120°C overnight. The RM is cooled to RT and treated with NaOH 10% (0.266 mL, 0.666 mmol), and further stirred at RT for 4h. The RM is filtered, rinced with MeOH and purified by prep HPLC to yield the title compound as a red solid (3 mg, 9%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.69 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 493.2.

a) Methyl 3-hydroxy-5-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)pyr imidin-4-yl)thiophene-2- carboxylate

Following the general procedure F with 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine (A.1.6.) and methyl 3-hydroxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate, the title compound is obtained as an ochre solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.97 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 436.22. b) Methyl 3-hydroxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of A.2.1., using methyl 3-hydroxythiophene-2- carboxylate, the title compound is obtained as a brown solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.56 min; no ionization.

Compounds of Examples 158 - 187 listed in Table 7 below are prepared by applying either General H or G to the pyrimidine halide derivatives A.1.1. - A.1.58. coupled with commercially available boronic acid derivatives or with boronic acid derivatives A.2.1. - A.2.21.

Table 7: Exam les 158 - 187

Example 188: 3-{3-Ethoxy-5-[6-(2-quinolin-5-yl-ethylamino^

5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-{3-ethoxy-5-[6-(2-quinolin-5-yl-ethylamino)^yrimidin-4-yl] -thiophen-2-yl}- [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-ol]

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137, using 3-(3-ethoxy-5-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4- yl)thiophen-2-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol (Example 137-a) and 2-(quinolin-5-yl)ethan-1 -amine bis(2,2,2- trifluoroacetate), the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS C: t _R = 0.742 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 461.2.

a) 2-(Quinolin-5-yl)ethan-1 -amine bis(2,2,2-trifluoroacetate)

The title compound is obtained from tert-butyl (2-(quinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate, following the general procedure D. LC-MS D: t _R = 0.57 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 173.00.

b) Tert-butyl (2-(quinolin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamate

The title compound is obtained from 5-bromoquinoline, following the general procedure C. LC-MS B: tR = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 273.33.

Example 189: 3-(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethyta

oxadiazole-5(4H)-thione [tautomeric form: 3-(2-ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]- pyrimidin-4-yl}-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazole-5-thiol]

To a solution of (E/ZJ-2-ethoxy-N'-hydroxy-4-(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl )ethyl)amino)pyhmidin-4- yl)benzimidamide (194 mg, 0.424 mmol) in dioxane (2 mL) and DMSO (2 mL) at RT under argon are added 1 ,1'- thiocarbonyldiimidazole (1 19 mg, 0.636 mmol) and 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.252 mL, 1.65 mmol). The RM is shaken over night at 90°C. It is then cooled to RT, concentrated under vacuo and purified by prep. LC- MS, affording the title compound as a beige powder (65 mg, 31 %). LC-MS C: t _R = 1.091 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 500.3.

a) fE J-2-Ethoxy-N'-hydroxy -(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4- yl)benzimidamide

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-c, using 2-ethoxy-4-(6-((2-(2- methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzonitrile, the title compound is obtained as a grey powder. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.60 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 458.20. b) 2-Ethoxy -(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl )benzonitrile

Following the general procedure G with 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin -amine (A.1.6.) and 4-cyano-3-ethoxyphenylboronic acid, the title compound is obtained as a grey powder. LC- MS B: t _R = 0.92 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 424.97. Example 190: 3-(4-Ethyl-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-y^

[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-(4-ethyl-2-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]- pyrimidin-4-yl}-thiazol-5-yl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-ol]

Following the General Procedure I, using 3-(4-ethyl-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol and 2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethan-1 -amine hydrochloride, the title compound is obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS C: t _R = 0.906 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 475.1.

a) 3-(4-Ethyl-2-(6-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1,2,4-ox adiazol-5-ol

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-a with 3-(4-ethyl-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4- yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol, the title compound is obtained as a grey solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.64 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 292.17.

b) 3-(4-Ethyl-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazol-5-yl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-ol

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-b with 4-ethyl-N'-hydroxy-2-(6- ethoxypyrimidin -yl)thiazole-5-carboximidamide, the title compound is obtained as a light orange solid. LC- MS B: t _R = 0.92 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 320.21.

c) 4-Ethyl-N'-hydroxy-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carb oximidamide

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-c with 4-ethyl-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4- y I ) th i azo I e-5-ca rbon i tri I e , the title compound is obtained as a light yellow solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.66 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 294.21.

d) 4-Ethyl-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carbonitrile

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-d with 2-(6-ethoxypyri m idi n-4-yl )-4- ethylthiazole-5-carboxamide, the title compound is obtained as a beige solid. LC-MS B: tR = 1.04 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 261.29.

e) 2-(6-Ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)-4-ethylthiazole-5-carboxamide

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-e with 2-(6-ethoxypyri m idi n-4-yl )-4- ethylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid, the title compound is obtained as an orange solid. LC-MS B: tR = 0.79 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 279.25.

f) 2-(6-Ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)-4-ethylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid

An ice-chilled solution of ethyl 4-ethyl-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate (1000 mg, 3.09 mmol) in THF/MeOH 1 :1 (15 mL) is treated with NaOH 10% (5.58 mL, 15.5 mmol) and stirred at RT for 20h. The solvents are removed under reduced pressure, the aqueous phase is extracted once with Et20.The aqueous phase is then acidified with 2N HCI and extracted with EtOAc (3 x). The combined organic extracts are dried over MgSC>4, fitlered and concentrated under reduced pressure, yielding the title compound as a greenish solid (522 mg, 64%). LC-MS B: t _R = 0.88 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 280.24.

g) Ethyl 4-ethyl-2-(6-ethoxypyrimidin-4-yl)thiazole-5-carboxylate

To a solution of methyl 2-chloro-3-oxovalerate (0.96 mL, 6.5 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) is added 6- methoxypyrimidine-4-carbothioamide (1000 mg, 5.91 mmol) and the mixture is refluxed overnight. Methyl 2- chloro-3-oxovalerate (1.31 mL, 8.86 mmol) is added and the RM is further refluxed for 24h, then cooled at RT and treated with water (15 mL), cooled down to 0°C. The precipitate is filtered off, rinsed with MeOH and dried under high vacuum, affording the title compound as a pinkish solid (485 mg, 28%). LC-MS B: tR = 1.07 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 294.20.

Example 191 : 3-(2-Ethoxy -{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]^yrimidin-4-yl }-benzyl)- [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5(4H)-one [tautomeric form: 3-(2-Ethoxy-4-{6-[2-(2-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-ethylamino]- pyrimidin-4-yl}-benzyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-ol]

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-b with 2-(2-ethoxy-4-(6-((2-(2- methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)-N-hydroxyacetimidamid e, the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS C: t _R = 0.888 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 498.1.

a) 2-(2-Ethoxy -(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl )phenyl)-N- hydroxyacetimidamide

Following the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 137-c with 2-(2-ethoxy-4-(6-((2-(2- methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)acetonitrile, the title compound is obtained as a light yellow solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.66 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 294.21.

b) 2-(2-Ethoxy -(6-((2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)amino)pyrimidin -yl)phenyl)a

Following the General Procedure G, with 6-chloro-N-(2-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1 -yl)ethyl)pyrimidin-4-amine (A.1.6.) and 2-(2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)acetonitrile, the title compound is obtained as a white solid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.89 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 439.37.

c) 2-(2-ethoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)p henyl)acetonitrile

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for A.2.3., starting with 2-(4-bromo-2- ethoxyphenyl)acetonitrile. LC-MS B: t _R = 1.05 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 288.4.

d) 2-(4-Bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)acetonitrile

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for Example 137-d, starting with 2-(4- bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)acetamide. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.97 min; no ionization. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ:

7.22-7.42 (m, 2 H), 6.96-7.21 (m, 1 H), 4.13 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.78-3.86 (m, 2 H), 1.36 (m, 3 H).

e) 2-(4-bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)acetamide

The title compound is prepared according to the procedure described for Example 137-e, starting with 2-(4- bromo-2-ethoxyphenyl)acetic acid. LC-MS B: t _R = 0.76 min; [M+H] ⁺ = 257.85. II. Biological Assays

Compounds of the present invention may be further characterized with regard to their general pharmacokinetic and pharmacological properties using conventional assays well known in the art such as angiogenesis assays or tumor growth inhibition assays, or for example relating to their bioavailability in different species (such as rat or dog); or for their properties with regard to drug safety and/or toxicological properties using conventional assays well known in the art, for example relating to cytochrome P450 enzyme inhibition and time dependent inhibition, pregnane X receptor (PXR) activation, glutathione binding, or phototoxic behavior.

EMT-6 mouse tumor model

The EMT-6 cell line is established from a transplantable murine mammary carcinoma that arose in a BALB/cCRGL mouse after implantation of a hyperplastic mammary alveolar nodule (Volence FJ, et al, J Surg Oncol. 1980, 13(1 ):39-44), obtained from ATCC (American Type culture collection, Manassas, Virginia, USA).

EMT-6 tumour cells are grown as monolayer at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere (5% C02, 95% air) in RPM1 1640 containing 2mM L glutamine supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum. For experimental use, tumour cells are detached from the culture flask with trypsin. The cells are counted in a hemocytometer and their viability is assessed by trypan blue exclusion.

Tumours are induced in female BALB/c mice by either subcutaneous injection of 1 x10 ⁶ EMT-6 cells in 200 μί of RPM1 1640 into the right flank or by injection of 2.5x10 ⁵ EMT-6 cells in 50 μΐ of RPMI1640 into the mammary fat pad tissue. For the latter injection, female BALB/c mice are anaesthetized with Isoflurane and a 5 mm incision is made in the skin over the lateral thorax to expose the mammary fat pad tissue. After tumor cell injection the thoracic surface is gently dabbed with a 95% ethanol-dampened cotton-swab to kill tumor cells that may leak from the injection site. The skin of mice is closed with 4-0 crinerce sutures.

Animals are monitored daily for behavior and survival and twice weekly for body weight and tumor growth. Tumor size is measured with calipers and tumor volume is calculated according to the following formula: Tumor volume = (width ² x length)/2.

When tumors reach between 60 and 100mm ³ (depending on the experiment), treatment with EP2 and/or EP4 antagonists is started and compound is given daily for at least 3 weeks.

Tumor weight is measured at the end of the study.

Biological in vitro assay

The antagonistic activities of the compounds of formula (I) on the EP2 and EP4 receptors are also determined in accordance with the following experimental method.

Human tumor cell lines expressing endogenously either EP4 or EP2 are used and cAMP accumulation in cells upon PGE2 stimulation is monitored. SF295 glioblastoma cells express high endogenous EP2 and no EP4,whereas BT549 breast cancer cells, express high endogenous EP4 levels and very low EP2 levels. As a detection method for cAMP the HTRF (homogeneous time resolved fluorescence) Cisbio kit (HTRF cAMP dynamic 2 kit 20Ό00 tests Cisbio Cat. #62AM4PEC) was used, which is based on a competitive immunoassay using a Cryptate-labeled anti-cAMP antibody and d2-labeled cAMP. Native cAMP produced by cells or unlabeled cAMP (for the standard curve) compete with exogenously added d2-labeled cAMP (acceptor) for binding to monoclonal anti-cAMP-Eu3+ Cryptate (donor). A FRET signal (Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer) is obtained only if the labeled anti-cAMP antibody binds the d2 labelled cAMP, thus the specific signal (i.e. energy transfer) is inversely proportional to the concentration of cAMP in the standard or sample.

hEP2 cAMP assay:

The SF295 cells (NCI/No. 0503170) are detached from culture dishes with a cell dissociation buffer (Invitrogen, 13151 -014), and collected in growing medium (GM: RPMI1640 (Invitrogen 21875) /10% FCS, 1 % Penicilin/streptomycin). Cells are counted washed and resuspended in assay buffer (AB; HBSS, 20mM HEPES, 0.2% BSA; 2mM IBMX ). 4Ό00 cells in 5μΙ_ of AB are seeded per well of a small volume 384 well plate (black with flat bottom, Greiner 784076).

Stock solutions of test compounds are made at a concentration of 10 mM in DMSO, and serially diluted in DMSO to concentrations required for inhibition dose response curves (tested concentration range 30μΜ - 0.4nM; 30μΜ - 0.015ηΜ θΓ ΐ μΜ - 0.01 ηΜ).

PGE2 (Cayman 14010, stock solution: 75μΜ in DMSO) is used as agonist at 75nM final concentration, corresponding to EC80.

2.5 μί of diluted compounds are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is pre-incubated 45 minutes at room temperature. Subsequently, 2.5 μί of PGE2 (final cone. 75nM) are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is incubated 30 minutes at room temperature. Five μί of each donor (anti-cAMP cryptate) and acceptor (cAMP-d2) are added and the plate is incubated another hour at room temperature in the dark and then read using a BMG LABTECH PHERAstar reader (Excitation : 337nm, Emission : 620 and 665nm).

The obtained Delta F (fluorescence) values (665nm/620nM) are converted into % cAMP values using the measurements of the cAMP calibrator provided in the kit. For each compound concentration the percentage of cAMP compared to DMSO control value as average ± STDEV (each concentration is measured in duplicate) is calculated.

IC50 values and curves are generated with XLfit software (IDBS) using Dose-Response One Site model 203. When compounds were measured multiple times, mean values are given.

hEP4 cAMP assay:

The BT549 cells (NCI/No. 0507282) are detached from culture dishes with a cell dissociation buffer (Invitrogen, 13151 -014), and collected in growing medium (GM: RPMI1640 (Invitrogen 21875) /10% FCS, 1 % Penicilin/streptomycin). Cells are counted washed and resuspended in assay buffer (AB; HBSS, 20mM HEPES, 0.2% BSA; 2mM IBMX ). 4Ό00 cells in 5 μί of AB are seeded per well of a small volume 384 well plate (black with flat bottom, Greiner 784076).

Stock solutions of test compounds are made at a concentration of 10 mM in DMSO, and serially diluted in DMSO to concentrations required for inhibition dose response curves (tested concentration range 30μΜ - 0.4nM; 30μΜ - 0.015ηΜ θΓ ΐ μΜ - 0.01 ηΜ).

PGE2 (Cayman 14010, stock solution: 6uM in DMSO) is used as agonist at 6nM final concentration, corresponding to EC80.

2.5 μί of diluted compounds are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is pre-incubated 45 minutes at room temperature. Subsequently, 2.5 μί of PGE2 (final cone. 6nM) are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is incubated 30 minutes at room temperature. 5 μί. of each donor (anti-cAMP cryptate) and acceptor (cAMP-d2) are added and the plate is incubated another hour at room temperature in the dark and then read using a BMG LABTECH PHERAstar reader (Excitation : 337nm, Emission : 620 and 665nm).

The obtained Delta F (fluorescence) values (665nm/620nM) are converted into % cAMP values using the measurements of the cAMP calibrator provided in the kit. For each compound concentration the percentage of cAMP compared to DMSO control value as average ± STDEV (each concentration is measured in duplicate) is calculated.

IC50 values and curves are generated with XLfit software (IDBS) using Dose-Response One Site model 203. When compounds were measured multiple times, mean values are given.

The antagonistic activities of the compounds of formula (I) on the EP2 and EP4 receptors are also determined in accordance with the following experimental method.

The assay is using the PathHunterTM HEK 293 PTGER2 and PTGER4 b-arrestin cell lines from DiscoverX. The system is based on the Enzyme Fragment Complementation Technology. Two complementing fragments of the b- galactosidase enzyme are expressed within stably transfected cells. The larger portion of b-gal, termed EA for Enzyme Acceptor, is fused to the C-terminus of b-arrestin 2. The smaller fragment, termed ProLinkTM tag, is fused to PTGER2 (EP2) or PTRGER4 (EP4) at the C-terminus. Upon activation, b-arrestin is recruited which forces the interaction of ProLink and EA, allowing complementation of the two fragments of b-gal and the formation of a functional enzyme which is capable of hydrolysing the substrate and generating a chemiluminescent signal. hEP2 b-arrestin assay:

The HEK 293 PTGER2 b-arrestin cells (DiscoverX 93-021-4C1 ) are detached from culture dishes with a cell dissociation buffer (Invitrogen, 13151-014), and collected in growing medium (GM: DMEM + Glutamax-I (Invitrogen 32430) /10% FCS, 1 % Penicilin/streptomycin). 5000 cells per well of a 384 well plate (white with white bottom Greiner 781080 ) are seeded in 20μΙ per well of GM. Plate is incubated at 37°C, 5% C02 for 24 hours. Stock solutions of test compounds are made at a concentration of 10 mM in DMSO, and serially diluted in DMSO to concentrations required for inhibition dose response curves (tested concentration range 10μΜ-2ηΜ or 1 μΜ- 0.2nM).

PGE2 (Cayman 14010, stock solution: 10mM in DMSO) is used as agonist at 5μΜ final concentration, corresponding to EC80.

Five microliters of diluted compounds are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is pre-incubated 15 minutes at 37°C. Then five microliters of PGE2 (final cone. 5μΜ) are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is incubated 120 minutes at 37°C.

PathHunter Glo Detection Kit components are thawed and mix according to manufacturer's instructions: 1 part Galacton Star Substrate with 5 parts Emerald IITM Solution, and 19 parts of PathHunter Cell Assay Buffer, respectively. Twelve μΙ of reagent are transferred to the assay plate and incubate for 1 hour at room temperature in the dark. Luminescence counts are read on a BMG Fluostar Optima reader according to manufacturer's instructions.

For each compound concentration calculate of the percentage of activity compared to DMSO control value as average ± STDEV. (each concentration is measured in duplicate)

IC50 values and curves are generated with XLfit software (IDBS) using Dose-Response One Site model 203. When compounds were measured multiple times, mean values are given.

hEP4 b-arrestin assay:

The HEK 293 PTGER4 b-arrestin cells (DiscoverX 93-030-4C1 ) are detached from culture dishes with a cell dissociation buffer (Invitrogen, 13151-014), and collected in growing medium (GM: DMEM + Glutamax-I (Invitrogen 32430) /10% FCS, 1 % Penicilin/streptomycin). 5000 cells per well of a 384 well plate (white with white bottom Greiner 781080 ) are seeded in 20ul per well of GM. Plate is incubated at 37°C, 5% C02 for 24 hours.

Stock solutions of test compounds are made at a concentration of 10 mM in DMSO, and serially diluted in DMSO to concentrations required for inhibition dose response curves (tested concentration range 10μΜ-2ηΜ or 1 Μ- 0.2nM).

PGE2 (Cayman 14010, stock solution: 100μΜ in DMSO) is used as agonist at 20nM final concentration, corresponding to EC80.

Five microliters of diluted compounds are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is pre-incubated 15 minutes at 37°C. Then five microliters of PGE2 (final cone. 20nM) are transferred into the assay plate. Plate is incubated 120 minutes at 37°C.

PathHunter Glo Detection Kit components are thawed and mix according to manufacturer's instructions : 1 part Galacton Star Substrate with 5 parts Emerald IITM Solution, and 19 parts of PathHunter Cell Assay Buffer, respectively. Twelve μΙ of reagent are transferred to the assay plate and incubate for 1 hour at room temperature in the dark. Luminescence counts are read on a BMG Fluostar Optima reader according to manufacturer's instructions.

For each compound concentration calculate of the percentage of activity compared to DMSO control value as average ± STDEV. (each concentration is measured in duplicate)

IC50 values and curves are generated with XLfit software (IDBS) using Dose-Response One Site model 203. When compounds were measured multiple times, mean values are given.

Antagonistic activities (IC50 in nM) in the beta-arrestin and cAMP assays of exemplified compounds are displayed in Table 8:

Table 8:

241 164 136 148 125 8 29 24 29

1 15 83 23 61 126 5 34 20 43

201 1410 190 567 127 9 20 416

10 19 10 72 128 10 291 3 250

56 252 78 223 129 87 15 289

39 1 14 64 152 130 13 27 546

1 15 1 13 76 92 131 54 88 73 157

262 368 132 61 49 381

126 53 596 133 6 41 22 79

22 48 134 8 280 91 351

81 386 50 101 135 5 23 3 67

525 853 136 3 24 10 86

297 71 1 137 16 37 37 37

32 15 31 35 138 3 4 6 8

252 797 139 186 48 526 28

36 51 37 42 140 1 19 15 142 17

10 53 10 44 141 61 4 72 17

1 10 31 1 85 244 142 7 10 40 27

45 123 654 143 31 21 90 105

22 147 729 144 30 20 71 40

108 160 458 145 16 18 81 53

399 631 146 66 119 405

473 853 147 7 40 10 44

779 758 148 20 264 27 548

5 305 17 149 5 6 15 52

878 420 150 524 321

829 300 151 414 478 214 228

53 52 292 152 107 506 197

508 962 153 438 283

825 401 154 57 125 144 177

156 17 141 38 155 45 2230 16 296

845 384 156 7 51

1 13 183 745 157 43 1910 143 1040

32 19 24 29 158 126 3 286 3

99 239 300 159 44 864 1 10 1050

106 80 872 160 24 667 79 252

18 78 15 75 161 628 363

350 227 714 162 219 114

29 499 25 309 163 80 294 202 180

7 24 3 22 164 44 181 130 1 10

78 48 79 66 165 864 555

78 163 368 166 51 216

91 374 128 167 69 758

50 8 50 6 168 93 108

34 465 102 169 230 350

212 1 17 78 88 170 474 407 75 976 889 171 68 149 88 130

76 66 259 116 172 45 605

77 418 403 173 10 175 15 140

78 41 50 56 51 174 8 298

79 36 196 25 92 175 3 245

80 338 495 176 3 550

81 1 16 427 30 205 177 4 334

82 987 960 178 142 871

83 1 19 89 428 179 4 934 8 1500

84 149 179 989 180 441 235

85 30 244 32 130 181 962 887

86 177 77 674 182 142 193 209 182

87 70 103 850 183 60 701

88 94 155 645 184 27 375 48 330

89 178 197 878 185 14 200

90 36 58 351 186 9 500

91 146 228 818 187 10 563

92 287 544 188 59 282 324 22

93 36 36 427 189 5 16

94 34 53 368 190 13 34 8 1250

95 8 51 4 21 191 23 219

96 66 180 426